PDA

View Full Version : The Bleach Club...2.



Pages : 1 2 [3] 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25

MasterCharizard15
31st December 2009, 9:00 PM
to say it is dark in japanese u say it is without light..... also my zanpaktou profile is still being tweaked so I can put it on here and not have to take it down again (short post so I have to say)

Kuro is easier... Kuro=Dark
Also does Zam and golde know about this?

Another question:: If sonido is supposedly faster than shunpo.... if u had a reiatsu focusing device do u think shunpo could possibly go faster than shunpo? Also the quincy power running thing like shunpo is faster than shunpo because Uryu stated so.
Sonido=Easier to use...
Shunpo= fast and easy to do complex movements in, or use in combonation with other attacks. [I.E Shunko]
Hiyakua {sp} =Faster ands uses Reshi.

But it really depends on who is using the move.

Yoruichi is faster than Uryru.
Ulquiorra is faster than Bankai Shunpo using Ichigo.
But Is Ulquiorra faster than Yoruichi?

See it depends on who is using it...

Zameric
1st January 2010, 2:02 AM
Another question:: If sonido is supposedly faster than shunpo.... if u had a reiatsu focusing device do u think shunpo could possibly go faster than shunpo? Also the quincy power running thing like shunpo is faster than shunpo because Uryu stated so.
Like MC said, it really depends on your level of mastery with the technique to determine who is faster, since they are all similar.

Uryu may have said Hirenkyaku was faster than Flash Step, but it has been shown there are several Flash Step users that are faster than him. Most notably is Captain Kurotsuchi. Most believe he was just making a generalization without any strong proof.


Kuro is easier... Kuro=Dark
Also does Zam and golde know about this?
I know that he's still working on his zanpakuto and hasn't posted it in the club yet. He hasn't even shown me what it is yet. :)

Eon Master
1st January 2010, 2:08 AM
I'll have to agree about the points on the three fast moves. For all intents and purposes, they're fundamentally the same.

Also, not wanting to jump the gun here, but I've got a Bankai! *breakdances for joy*
As soon as Golde PM's me back (which will probably be sometime in the new year :P), I'll post it.
If you want an advance copy, I'd be happy to send you one, though.

invaderdim
1st January 2010, 2:30 AM
hey guys, two things
1. i'm catching up with the zan arc :3
2. i'm going to be updating my zan soon, i have a couple ideas but i think they might be a bit much -.-

Eon Master
1st January 2010, 2:51 AM
^If you like, you could send the update to one of the captains or me in a PM and we'll tell you if it can be accepted or not.

invaderdim
1st January 2010, 3:19 AM
i'll go over it then i'll probz send it to NL :)
do you know when golde will be back cos im still not down as lieutenant of squad 3. not to sound impatient, i'm jsut enquiring

Zameric
1st January 2010, 3:22 AM
hey guys, two things
1. i'm catching up with the zan arc :3
2. i'm going to be updating my zan soon, i have a couple ideas but i think they might be a bit much -.-
Also long as you've talked to Captain Commander Golde about it you should be fine, but it would also be a good idea to let your captain know if you have not done that already.
Same goes for you, Eon Master. ;p


^If you like, you could send the update to one of the captains or me in a PM and we'll tell you if it can be accepted or not.
Umm, usually a squad member should contact just their captain and/or the Captain Commander about that. Sorry, but you have no real authority to be making that choice.

Eon Master
1st January 2010, 3:22 AM
^He was on today, but he didn't respond to my Bankai PM either. He usually takes his sweet time with these things. I wasn't offically the 3rd seat of Squad 6 for well over two months after joining.

@Zam: I meant let him know wether or not it's over the top. If the Squad has specific cirriculua for Zanpaktou, then by all means contact the Squad Captain and ask.

Da14u.C
1st January 2010, 8:15 AM
http://parenting.leehansen.com/holidays/patriotic/canada/leaf1.gif
BONNE ANNÉE ET BONNE SANTÉ !!!
(happy new year and may good health come to you)

I would have used the english "Happy New Year" but essentially that has no good wishes in it.... :P its just saying Happy Holidays essentially.
Hope everyone had a marvellous 2009, and praying everyone gets a brilliant 2010


Hey Dac =D
Nice zan :P
I don't see any significant changes from the last one (being poison and still cloning) except the release phrase and name, but w/e. And when you said 'large ring', how large? I'm imagining it as large as Shunsui's Sakanade but it seems too large for a dirk.



Ah, that clears it up then ^_^
Many thanks



What did you mean by 'they all'? I don't think that Byakuya was adopted. He was from, er, the original lineage of the Kuchiki clan, I think. But Kouga's case was similar to Rukia - both were adopted. I don't have any proof though. :P



I'm against that fact >.>
But yeah, one or another, it really doesn't affect the storyline... Unless there's a stupid rule that says that rebellious Shinigami are only bound to be slaughtered by kins, or something like that. e.e

No subs today =(
Didn't you read last week's message? "The next episode airs on January 5th"



It starts at episode 230, and currently it's the 251st episode.



Long time no see =D
Regarding you question, I think it's the same - just different names, and maybe different ways to use. Somewhere on the wiki it says that Sonido is easier that Shunpo. And Uryuu once said that Hirenkyaku is faster that Shunpo, but I think it all depends on the user's reiatsu and his mastery at that technique. In short, Shunpo = Sonido = Hirenkyaku.

What Matsumoto said (http://www.onemanga.com/Bleach/210/13/)

"we like to call that Shunpo" hints that the skill is actually the same...? I guess.

Generally, though, I don't know which is faster.

On MC's topic, if it means an Espada's best attack to me-
1. Cero Oscuras + Gran Rey Cero
2. Lanzador Verde
3. Caja Negacion (Eternally trapped in another dimension O.o)
Top three I could pull off from my head >.> Probably a lot more from others as well.

If it means the best attack that an Espada has, well every Espada has their trump card somewhere
If else I don't know =P

hey arceus 03 :) i made it look prettier than my last one (pimp my zanpaktou hehehehe) - *made a pimp my ride joke if anyone is confused*

anyway not like his, more like tousens if you remember tousens original zanpaktou.

kouga was not adopted, he was marrying ginrei's daighter and thus was a son-in-law, except the kuchiki name is so powerful, it is maintained even when marrying a woman. and i see nothing changing the storyline if kouga is byakuya's dad, afterall, we see, hear and know nothing of the father


Hello Arceus7! :)
I hope you've been well.


Google me? xD

Yeah, I'm a little confused about MC's topic there too.


Kouga wasn't addopted, he married into the Kuchiki family. But I think it was kind of weird that he was going to become the head of the family even though he did only marry into the name. I'd think that Genrei's own son would become the family head.


Flash Step(Shunpo) is a speed walking technique, using mainly one's own strength/power is attain high agility.
Sonído is a lot like Flash Step, but differs in that it doesn't require any basic training to learn to use the technique.. more instinctual.
Hirenkyaku, I think, is more where the use rides spirit particals(reishi) gathered under their feet, than taking steps. Uryu's Hirenkyaku platform kind of further illustrates this.


:P you know serebii is googleable, so if i typed in your username, i would find your profile and all your old posts and stuff (stalkerrrrr) lol. thats depressing though, no new epsiode this week :( ah well...


We can't really say, especially not in Bleach. Their Speed Levels (as well as Power Levels) are inconsistent. I mean, take Ichigo for example. His bankai is supposed to give him super speed, but he seems to be just as fast as everyone else now.
So for now, we'll (I'll) go with they're just the same.

@Da.C: Interesting...your zanpakutou's bankai doesn't follow the normal bankai naming scheme. I'm not saying you have to follow it, just pointing out the incredibly obvious.
And you used Japanese medical terms that I have never heard of too...

well.... it does in english, as Haemolymph is what insects have in thier body instead of blood, and Autohaemorrhaging is what toxic insects do when captured, they release thier "blood" (Haemolymph) hoping to poison the attacker. and generally you dont release bankai till pressed ;)


Wow, that's an awesome Zanpaktou! You have some imagination. You've motivated me to make my own Zanpaktou! :p But tell you what, I suck at Japanese, so I can't decide my Zanpaktou's name, sorry. :( ... On the second thought, can anybody tell me the Japanese pronunciation of Shadow Force (with it's phonics written in English)? Thanks in advance.

aww thanks! i am available for cosultation should you need some help coming up with something :)

first topic of the new year!!!: Any hopes for Bleach 2010? Any new zanpaktous you want to see? Any characters you want given more spotlight?

Northern Lights
1st January 2010, 12:27 PM
Kuro=Dark


Technically, Kuro = Black

It's usually used to mean a colour [even though Black isn't a colour, it's the absence of colour, but i'm not going to go into physics >.<]

Kuroi = The Blackness with absence of Light

Kurai = Dark, Obscure, Sombre

Any hopes for Bleach 2010? Any new zanpaktous you want to see? Any characters you want given more spotlight?

tbh i hate the hype over New Year, it will be the same as any other year, 2012 will be different though, people will panic and we may all die &#172;_&#172;

SHINSO!!!! ... >.< i swear we've seen all the other Zanpaktous [cept Hanatarou's] and he's a captain for effs sake.

Emperor Giratina
1st January 2010, 2:03 PM
If you need any help with your Zanpaktou, i think the Captains are quite welcome to help you =]

Shadow Force -> Kage Chikara . 陰力 . [Ka-Geh . Chi-Ka-Rah]

Kage no Chikara -> Force of Shadow

I'm not certain, Jin is the expert here, i just look it up and cross reference.

Alright, thanks for you help! :D I'll get working on it soon. Oh and a Happy New Year everybody! :D I'll get working on my Zanpaktou to make sure the New Year goes off with a blast. Provided of course, will there be any RPGs to test our Zanpaktou's full strength?

Any hopes for Bleach 2010? Any new zanpaktous you want to see? Any characters you want given more spotlight?

Umm, yes. I want to see Arturo Platedo from Bleach: The Shattered Blade with a Zanpaktou of his own... Of course I don't have a Wii, but still. -.- On the second thought, Rangiku and many other squad captains should get some attention too. I've seen enough Icihgo and Orihime already, lol.

arceus03
1st January 2010, 3:16 PM
I'm not certain, Jin is the expert here, i just look it up and cross reference.

Jin is gonna be gone this Saturday =(
You'll have to ask him real quick (like, real quick) if you want a translation. You can also ask Golde though - I think he has a bit of experience in Japanese.



Hiyakua

Hi-ren-kya-ku. XP


i'll go over it then i'll probz send it to NL :)
do you know when golde will be back cos im still not down as lieutenant of squad 3. not to sound impatient, i'm jsut enquiring

Nope, the front page is more often than not lack of update (sorry Golde XP)- check the Squad page, NL has put your name as her Lieutenant. That was the actual reason for the Squad page really - it gets easier to update.



hey arceus 03 :) i made it look prettier than my last one (pimp my zanpaktou hehehehe) - *made a pimp my ride joke if anyone is confused*

anyway not like his, more like tousens if you remember tousens original zanpaktou.

first topic of the new year!!!: Any hopes for Bleach 2010? Any new zanpaktous you want to see? Any characters you want given more spotlight?

Oh yeah. Makes sense then :P Sakanade was waaaay to big.

Any hopes for Bleach 2010? Any new zanpaktous you want to see? Any characters you want given more spotlight?
Quite a lot, actually. I'd like to see some insight of those with unreleased/unexplained powers. Itegumo, Nemu's zan, Nanao's zan, Yachiru (hoping she has at least shikai), Lisa's zan (forgotten the name), Hiyori's zan (doubtful though), Gin's Bankai + Resurreccion, Shunsui's bankai, Ukitake's too, Tekken Tachikaze..... Quite a lot >.<

And we kept reading about Daiguren Hyourinmaru and Tensa Zangetsu =.= Not that I hate them, but srsly, some new power would be nice. Lately the only new things we know are Katen Kyokotsu, Sogyo no Kotowari, Grillar Grillo, er, Fura, and Jakuho Raikoben.

Oh yeah. And Arrogante and Tiburon. Annnd Los Lobos 8D
Oh. And that ape-like thing called Ira.


Provided of course, will there be any RPGs to test our Zanpaktou's full strength?

There's supposedly to be a battle contest via VM to commence soon, but I dunno... Alternately you can just VM a member asking for fight. MC will oblige quite willingly, I think =D

On a totally different note, something Senny noticed, the current arc will end about 4 more episodes, and after that 10 MORE FREAKING FILLERS, then only back to Ulquiorra vs Ichigo D8

Source (http://forum.onemanga.com/showpost.php?p=2928608&postcount=6)

Man I wanna see Halibel release...... And Jakuho Raikoben.

Y'know what, I'm beginning to think that the Captains only showed their Shikai for introductory effects (some captains that is).... I'm quite longing actually to see Ahisogi Jizo.. I mean, like, the last time we saw it was in the Bount arc. Manga wise, when he fought Uryuu. O.o Why can't Mayuri paralyze Yammy wholly then dissect him while he's still alive? >D THAT would be LOVELY~

invaderdim
1st January 2010, 3:46 PM
well at least we know when it will end :)
i sent my zan off to NL and now im gonna go catch up on the zan arc

new topic!
what's your favourite character's favouritte cake? O.o
mine would be toshirou(atm) and rice cakes, dont know why :P

Northern Lights
1st January 2010, 3:56 PM
what's your favourite character's favouritte cake?

Damn, i love the randomness of this topic XD.

Ichimaru would like ... O.o not a clue actually, i immediatly thought Cheescake but i have no idea XD

Eon Master
1st January 2010, 5:46 PM
Finally, a topic for hilarious discussion ;)

what's your favourite character's favouritte cake?

Not sure, Grimmjow would be just as likely to throw his cake at Ulquiorra as he would be to eat it XD

Zameric
1st January 2010, 8:07 PM
Any hopes for Bleach 2010? Any new zanpaktous you want to see? Any characters you want given more spotlight?
Quite a lot, actually. I'd like to see some insight of those with unreleased/unexplained powers. Itegumo, Nemu's zan, Nanao's zan, Yachiru (hoping she has at least shikai), Lisa's zan (forgotten the name), Hiyori's zan (doubtful though), Gin's Bankai + Resurreccion, Shunsui's bankai, Ukitake's too, Tekken Tachikaze..... Quite a lot >.<
I feel the same way. ><
There are still quite a few zanpakuto that should be revealed, but probably never will.
And several bankais that need to be revealed.

what's your favorite character's favorite cake?
I have no idea... maybe some kind of traditional cake from Mexico or some other Spanish speaking country. ><

Golde
2nd January 2010, 2:32 AM
Alright, guys. I have returned.

Officially.

I have a list of all updates (thanks, Zameric), and I'll be looking through all these pages...uh...soon. To be honest, I don't feel like doing it right now. I'm tired and angry and stuff...sooooo....yeah.

Bear with me a bit longer.

MasterCharizard15
2nd January 2010, 6:06 AM
Hey everyone.

There's supposedly to be a battle contest via VM to commence soon, but I dunno... Alternately you can just VM a member asking for fight. MC will oblige quite willingly, I think =D
Thats why my Squad is the strongest...I train them...Mahahahahahahaha!!!!
On the subject of that contest...it should be ready to begin mid January or early Febuary...

Any hopes for Bleach 2010? Any new zanpaktous you want to see? Any characters you want given more spotlight?
Nemu's, Yachiru's, The Captain's Bankais.....
Yoruichi and Urahara need more air time!!!

what's your favourite character's favouritte cake?
Halibel = Fishcake [Naruto XD]
Ulquiorra= Banananut Cake?

Emperor Giratina
2nd January 2010, 8:45 AM
There's supposedly to be a battle contest via VM to commence soon, but I dunno... Alternately you can just VM a member asking for fight. MC will oblige quite willingly, I think =D

Okay... So where do I apply? Also, I want to see a Halibel release too

@ MasterCharizard15: Oh well, that's nice, do you EV train them too? *shot*

What's your favourite character's favouritte cake?
Hitsugaya: An Ice cream cake, maybe.

New Topic: What if all the Bleach characters became real?
I may become a Soul Reaper... But first of all, I'd have to get rid of my ingrown toe nail because wearing wooden flip flops along with socks would be so painful that I would've walked without them.

arceus03
2nd January 2010, 3:42 PM
Okay... So where do I apply? Also, I want to see a Halibel release too

@ MasterCharizard15: Oh well, that's nice, do you EV train them too? *shot*


Win.

Apply for what? If you mean the contest, it's not started yet. If you want a random fight, just... send MC a VM. lol

What's your favourite character's favourite cake?
Uhhh... I know Hitsugaya likes sweet fermented bean.. No idea what cake he'd like. Cheese cake maybe?

For Unohana.... I'd say chocolate cake. Don't know why. :P

What if all the Bleach characters became real?
1. I'll glomp Hitsugaya and Unohana
2. I'll ask for a ride around town on Unohana's manta ray =D
3. I'll ask Hitsugaya to make it winter where I live XD then have a snowball fight with him and Unohana even though they don't want to XD
Unohana will oblige, I'm sure. XD Hitsugaya might not, but then Momo (or Ukitake) pelts him with a snowball on the head, and... Well.. :P

Uh oh. Yamamoto will come, and say "Soul Reapers don't play snowball fight!" and melt the snow away with his Ryuujin Jakka... =.=

Then he got hit on his head by a snowball from Yachiru...

Then- *oar'd* Too farfetched lol :P

Oh yeah. I'll let Yachiru taste some of the 'native' candies in my place :P

MC - Banananut = Yammy = ape

Eon Master
2nd January 2010, 5:18 PM
Apply for what? If you mean the contest, it's not started yet. If you want a random fight, just... send MC a VM. lol

Or me. I'm always up for a random fight :)

What if all the Bleach characters became real?

Holy -BLEEP-, are you serious?!
-_- Great, now Mayuri is on the loose. Not to mention Kenny, Sayzel, Gin, Aizen, Barrangara... *continues naming off all Bleach characters I wouldn't want to run into*
On the plus side, I'd lock Grimmjow and Ulquiorra in a room and watch Grimmy try to make Ulquiorra laugh. It would be funny to watch.

I like Pokemon (...)
2nd January 2010, 8:07 PM
Any hopes for Bleach 2010? Any new zanpaktous you want to see? Any characters you want given more spotlight?
Pretty much all the Bankais, and lesser seen Lieutenants etc.

what's your favourite character's favouritte cake?
Errr... Vanilla? XD

What if all the Bleach characters became real?
The world would end. trufax

MasterCharizard15
3rd January 2010, 1:30 AM
What if all the Bleach characters became real?

I'll take over the world! Mahahahahhahahahaha!!!

Destruction, panic, crying, Me glomping halibel...the list goes on.

Okay So if you want to enter the contest. Pm me...I already have 3 judges...
Golde, Jin and Luppi.

arceus03
3rd January 2010, 2:36 PM
Okay So if you want to enter the contest. Pm me...I already have 3 judges...
Golde, Jin and Luppi.

Haven't you read the latest posts? =.=
Jin is gone. For three months. Ah well.

Anyway.. Something random. I _just_ discovered that Hitsugaya's VA is a woman. =.=

And that Unohana, Unohana taicho's VA is Aya Hisakawa, who sings.... Moonlight Legend, an opening song from.... Sailormoon XP

Random fact
The club's first oar was used on Luppi 8D
But it seems that this tradition is diminishing now
Golde used to have a super duper golden oar or something like that =P

Northern Lights
3rd January 2010, 3:20 PM
Anyway.. Something random. I _just_ discovered that Hitsugaya's VA is a woman. =.=



Didn't you know that? Romi Paku is legend, she also does Edward Elric, but none of that now...

I have one issue to raise with this battle tournament thing - my VM is disabled [i am not re-enabling it so don't even start] and i think it will be a hassle for the judges to have to search through peoples different VMs to find the actual battle, also you could just edit your posts at a later date on your VM and no-one would notice.

Whereas if the different battles were conducted within the Club itself, where i think it should be contained, there are many other witnesses to the battle for other members to peruse.

Just saying.

MasterCharizard15
3rd January 2010, 9:03 PM
Whereas if the different battles were conducted within the Club itself, where i think it should be contained, there are many other witnesses to the battle for other members to peruse.

Just saying.

My thoughts excatly...
The two that are battling can done in spoliers...

I actually forgot about Jin laeving at the time...well if Sapph said he wanted to judge...and if he can't then I will.

Eon Master
3rd January 2010, 9:13 PM
^Does Sapph ever get on anymore? I haven't seen him in like, two months...

@Everybody: Finally got around to posting my Bankai. Take a look if you want.

Zameric
4th January 2010, 12:05 AM
~.:NL:.~ has a good point. :)

@ Eon Master
Sapphire comes onto WLM frequently. But yeah, he hasn't posted in the club in a while.

And where is your bankai? xD

arceus03
4th January 2010, 12:01 PM
Didn't you know that? Romi Paku is legend, she also does Edward Elric, but none of that now...

No I did not >.<


^Does Sapph ever get on anymore? I haven't seen him in like, two months...

@Everybody: Finally got around to posting my Bankai. Take a look if you want.

That is a nice one XD
I just _love_ the Lightning Firestorm. Pure destruction ftw woo~
Oh, "The only way to beat it is to get the hell out of the way"
That's not beating it, that's avoiding it XD

Uhhh, but what does Toku Arashi do? You said... Explained above in detail, meaning it's the same as Teikiatsu Kujiku?


~.:NL:.~ has a good point. :)

@ Eon Master
Sapphire comes onto WLM frequently. But yeah, he hasn't posted in the club in a while.

And where is your bankai? xD

It's in his shikai post (http://www.serebiiforums.com/showpost.php?p=10671643&postcount=172).

Senbonzakura
4th January 2010, 1:49 PM
Any hopes for Bleach 2010? Any new zanpaktous you want to see? Any characters you want given more spotlight?

i would like to see the elite captains bankais and pretty much everyones and also i want like the elites to get more screentime

What if all the Bleach characters became real?
i would be estactically happy

what's your favourite character's favouritte cake?
umm not sure probably one sthats ghot alcohol in it

Eon Master
4th January 2010, 9:31 PM
That is a nice one XD

*wipes worried sweat from brow*


I just _love_ the Lightning Firestorm. Pure destruction ftw woo~
Oh, "The only way to beat it is to get the hell out of the way"
That's not beating it, that's avoiding it XD

Yay destruction! (Grimmjow)
Oh yeah. I'll fix that. "The only way to avoid being splattered, zapped, burned, and horribly mutilated beyond recognition is to get the hell out of the way."
Better? :)


Uhhh, but what does Toku Arashi do? You said... Explained above in detail, meaning it's the same as Teikiatsu Kujiku?

Whoops, another miscommunication. Toku Arashi is a barrier made of swirling air, Reiatsu, and ultrasonic vibrations. It's a powerful wind shield that would shred carbonized steel like tissue paper.

MasterCharizard15
4th January 2010, 9:37 PM
@everyone
I'm testing his Bankai right now...If you all see a firestorm of destruction...than stay away and don't call Mr. Godmod...*coughcough10thcaptaincoughcough*

Today is my Birthday today! :)

Northern Lights
4th January 2010, 9:44 PM
Rotrum isn't here, well he is, but he said he won't post ... is there really any point in being in the club then if he's not going to post.

Really? Happy Birthday.

Da14u.C
4th January 2010, 10:53 PM
MC15 HAPPY BIRTHDAY!!!
any plans ?
do people ever stint on your birthday presents because its so soon after christmas?

what do ya'l think of my new banner? skiyomi is my hero :)

what attracts you to your favourite character? (i dont mean romantically but that could be interesting ;) )

Northern Lights
4th January 2010, 11:06 PM
what attracts you to your favourite character?

Silver hair and the way his eyes are always shut ... plus he's a villian who really doesn't seem to care what happens to his side at all.

XD

Skiyomi is a legend

I like Pokemon (...)
4th January 2010, 11:13 PM
Happy Birthday MC!

What attracts you to your favourite character?

He's quiet, somewhat mysterious, strong, etc. I can't really explain it XD

Skiyomi who?

Eon Master
5th January 2010, 12:58 AM
Just finished battling against MC. Holy sh*t, he doesn't hold back. I didn't either, so I guess it's fine. I almost forced a draw :D

What attracts you to your favourite character?

Grimmjow kept his scar as a symbol of strength and overcoming an obstacle. I've had a similar experience, so I respect that. He's also a kick-*** fighter with awesome powers.

Zameric
5th January 2010, 5:42 AM
what attracts you to your favorite character?

Chad:
He's loyal and will do anything to help his friends.
I also think his powers are bad-***! 8D

Kenpachi:
He's bat **** crazy, he's highly perceptive in battle, and is one of the strongest squad captains.

Golde
5th January 2010, 8:07 AM
Ok, everything's updated. If I messed something, tell me and blame Kurris.


Also, I'm gonna do a review soon, so all those Captains, or at the least, the highest ranking member in each squad please contact those beneath them. See if they're interested in being active. That is, if that person is frequently inactive.




What did I get for Christmas?

A tattoo, my step-brothers old MP3, an electric shaver (e.e) and a bunch of keys sundries.

What two characters should fight?

If I've said it once, I've said it at least three times since the club was formed. Yamamoto and Byakuya. Picture a swirling vortex of unbelievably hot flames controlled by the General, mixed with liquid steel that Byakuya (hopefully) controls. Eventually, the steel would solidify into a twisted hunk of steel that could completely encase Yama. But then he would melt that...so many possibilities.

Fav. character X-mas presents

Hmm...Toshiro might like a panic room, so he can finally get some peace and quiet.

Ukitake....Toshiro XD

Soi Fon...IDk, I see her in a bonnet with a wittle smile. XDD.

http://fc06.deviantart.net/fs71/f/2010/004/d/0/Soi_Fon_and_her_X_Mas_Bonnet_by_Golde_sama.jpg

I'm not very good with chibis

Starrk - A pack of smokes. Whenever I draw him, I draw him with a cig.

arceus03
5th January 2010, 2:40 PM
Many happy returns of the day, Emcee =P



Yay destruction! (Grimmjow)
Oh yeah. I'll fix that. "The only way to avoid being splattered, zapped, burned, and horribly mutilated beyond recognition is to get the hell out of the way."
Better? :)

Whoops, another miscommunication. Toku Arashi is a barrier made of swirling air, Reiatsu, and ultrasonic vibrations. It's a powerful wind shield that would shred carbonized steel like tissue paper.

Ah, yes. Pretty much clears it up ^^

Nice description, XD



what do ya'l think of my new banner? skiyomi is my hero :)


It's awesome as ever =D



What did I get for Christmas?

A tattoo

http://fc06.deviantart.net/fs71/f/2010/004/d/0/Soi_Fon_and_her_X_Mas_Bonnet_by_Golde_sama.jpg

I'm not very good with chibis


Woo, show it to us =P
That pic is cute >.<~

What attracts me to my favourite character?
Well, Hitsugaya is cute XD He's cool, yeah (no pun intended)

Unohana - need I say? =P She's calm, collected, beautiful, nice, gentle, graceful, knowledgeable (and whatever else) but doesn't mean you can mess around with her or her Squad, as some of the 11th squad member found out ^_^ And she's a legend healer =D As Tite Kubo puts it, "Genuine elegance". Also, from the way she sees through Aizen's acts, she's also wise ^_^ Remember the scene in the Garganta? It's best to yield (http://www.onemanga.com/Bleach/382/02/) XDD
I can go on more, but let's stop here XP

Oh yeah. Speaking about Unohana, remember when Shunsui said (in the pendulum arc) that the only remnants of the original guard from the century ago is the 'old man', Ukitake, himself and Unohana.

So Ginrei comes even later than those three? O.o
Unless Shunsui meant Ginrei when he mentioned 'old man', but that an't be, since I think 'old man' means Yamamoto. What do you think?

Da14u.C
6th January 2010, 12:22 AM
Many happy returns of the day, Emcee =P



Ah, yes. Pretty much clears it up ^^

Nice description, XD



It's awesome as ever =D



Woo, show it to us =P
That pic is cute >.<~

What attracts me to my favourite character?
Well, Hitsugaya is cute XD He's cool, yeah (no pun intended)

Unohana - need I say? =P She's calm, collected, beautiful, nice, gentle, graceful, knowledgeable (and whatever else) but doesn't mean you can mess around with her or her Squad, as some of the 11th squad member found out ^_^ And she's a legend healer =D As Tite Kubo puts it, "Genuine elegance". Also, from the way she sees through Aizen's acts, she's also wise ^_^ Remember the scene in the Garganta? It's best to yield (http://www.onemanga.com/Bleach/382/02/) XDD
I can go on more, but let's stop here XP

Oh yeah. Speaking about Unohana, remember when Shunsui said (in the pendulum arc) that the only remnants of the original guard from the century ago is the 'old man', Ukitake, himself and Unohana.

So Ginrei comes even later than those three? O.o
Unless Shunsui meant Ginrei when he mentioned 'old man', but that an't be, since I think 'old man' means Yamamoto. What do you think?
Oh wow... I never really thought of that O_o unohana older than Ginrei??
hehhehehe creepy....

loool!! i get that! cool.... hitsugaya! (i am a sucker for lame jokes, you should see me when smeone asks why the chicken crossed the road)

What attracts me to my favourite character?

his awesomeness :) mayuri is just so psychotic and twisted... he seems just like me :)

I just have to say, NL you have the sexiest signature ever O_o

flying back to canada tomorrow (w0000t)

arceus03
6th January 2010, 3:20 PM
^You're going back to uni again? >.<
When will you be coming back again?

Oh yeah. >.<



Rotrum woke up.

On his side was a man with long white hair. He was aware that Rotrum was conscious, but he said nothing. He seemingly was directing something all over Rotrum. It was fluid. Clear water, to be exact. And the numerous cuts on Rotrum’s limbs seem to heal wherever the water touched. Some of the deeper wounds took longer to close up, but they still heal all the same.

“Arceus?”

The man looked startled. “I didn’t expect you to regain consciousness soon, but you knowing my name is totally something weird. Have we met before?” the man asked.

“Met? Of course we have. Why ever not? You’re the 4th Squad Captain, weren’t you? But hey…” his voice trailed off. Arceus was another Captain who perished during the war; it happened when one of the enemies struck him off guard while he was tending to a wounded Shinigami. But the man who was standing before him could not have been other than Arceus; his white hair, his mild appearance, even the water that was surrounding Rotrum must have been Tsukibana; Arceus’s Zanpakto, what with its healing properties and the fact that your wound does not smart when it gets in contact with the water, and anything else.

“Well, I don’t remember ever meeting you before, mister…?”

“Rotrum.”

“Well, as I said, Rotrum, I don’t remember meeting you before. I’m certain I wouldn’t forget meeting someone like you, with your, er, eccentric clothing, and all the other strange stuff as well.”

“Other strange stuff?”

“Yep. I met you while on my way to the capital of Marsted from my hometown. This area never had snow before, and here you were lying on a frosty surface. I thought it was the wild monsters around that caused your injuries and fainting, but then they usually devour their victim right there and then, so that couldn’t have been the case. And what’s more, you weren’t even bleeding. I guess the cold surrounding you must have stopped your blood flow, as when I brought you here, you started bleeding again. It’s weird, but… Oh, also, you fell on a nice mesh of thorny vines. That’s what caused the cuts, I imagine. The frost that was there must have increased the effects of the scratching, but I see there’s nothing serious with you. Anyway, what happened to you?”

“I… I don’t know. The war is supposed to have stopped, so it couldn’t have been the enemies’ trap. Also the capsule exploded, and the enemies aren’t clever enough to think of those, too, so what actually was that thing?”

“Uhh… War? Capsule? You’re talking about?”

“Why, of the Recrimination War of course. Even if you don’t remember being a Captain, you must have at least some recollection of the war that happened here?” For Rotrum thought that he was in some district of the Rukongai. It did not occur to him that there was no region called ‘Marsted’ in the Rukongai.

“Depends on what you mean by ‘here’. In Marsted, there’s been no war since, urm, 1339 I think?” Arceus scratched his head.

“Wait. What did you say? 1339?”

“Yep. What, around 160 years ago?”

“One hundred and… sixty?” Rotrum did a quick math in his head. “You mean, this is the year of 1499?”

“Uh, sorry, my bad. 158 years ago. This is the year of 1497.” He said. “I STILL thought that 11 minus 3 equals to 7, not 8…” he muttered to himself.

Rotrum missed the last part altogether. 1497? What the freaking heck? What’s going on? He shook his head. Then he got up. “Well, I must get going. See ya. Thanks for earlier.”

“Sure.” Arceus was making no effort to hold him down, or to at least coax him to stay until his wounds are healed, or whatever.

Rotrum went outside (they were in a small cottage just now). It was near a stream, and green trees surrounded him. Looming ahead was what seemingly to be a forest. Rotrum did not know what to do, but his first thought was to search for the other Captains. He tried to gather reiatsu in his feet to dash off, but then realized that he could not do so. In fact, he seemed to have lost his spiritual pressure on the whole. “Damn, what now?”

“Rotrum,” a small voice addressed him.

Rotrum looked around. There was no one in the vicinity. And the voice could not have been Arceus’s, for Arceus had a different voice, and even then, Arceus was in the cottage.

“I’ll explain later. For now, go back in the cottage, and ask for some refreshment. You have fainted for 9 hours straight without food, and you’ll be weak and tired without eating something,” the voice continued.

It did not occur to Rotrum to disobey the voice, and even his instincts told him to ‘just go ahead and do it’, because, when the voice spoke, a certain kind of memory stirred within his mind; it was as if he had always communicated with the voice before, and that the voice was a part of him as well as he being a part of the voice. But he could not wholly recall to whom the voice belonged to. And so he went back into the cottage.

“Er…” he began.

“Ah, there you are. Come, I just threw something up with the stuffs I had left. It’s not the best, but it’ll do.” Arceus beckoned to him. And a delicious smell of cooked food came wafting to Rotrum.

“Er, I hope you don’t mind all these, and what I said earlier, because…” Rotrum said, but Arceus cut across him, “Heh, just go ahead and eat already, I already knew this was coming.”

“You did? How?”

“Well, because you’re a human.”

“So? What’s with that?”

“Humans are weird, wouldn’t you agree?”

“But, but then, you’re a human too.”

“Sure am.”

“So you’re saying you yourself are weird?”

“Never said I wasn’t.”

Rotrum chuckled to himself; something he rarely did in Soul Society. “So what’s on the menu?”

. . .

“Hey, Arceus.”

“Yeah?”

“Mind if I ask something?”

“Fire ahead.”

“That thing you did earlier, what was it?”

“Oh, this?” Arceus held up his hand. Peering closely, Rotrum saw a wooden ring on his middle finger, with a small turquoise embedded in the middle. “It’s a pact ring. I met this ring somewhere during my frequent wanderings and such. It was a rather long story, and rather interesting too, due to the risks I had to take in order to get this ring. But it was worth it.”

“So?”

“So what?”

“That still doesn’t explain the water.”

“Oh right. Sorry. The pact ring contained a water-spirit, one by the name of Tsukibana. She’s a great spirit, and has been a good help to me since. That’s why I said the risk was well worth taken.”

“Hang on. What you’re saying, are you implying that spirits are present in this world?”

“Why yes. It’s common knowledge. Don’t you know?”

Rotrum shook his head, apparently taken aback.

“Well…” Arceus began saying something, but then he seemed to change his mind and stopped. He got up and piled all the dishes and made his way to the kitchen. “You should rest for now,” he called from the kitchen, “there’s a small bed in the room you can use for the time being.”

“Er, yeah,” Rotrum said. “Thanks,” he added, as an afterthought. He headed towards the room Arceus said and proceeded to throw himself on the bed.

“Oh yeah. Isn’t this a nice mess you’re in, or what?” came the small voice again.

Zameric
6th January 2010, 5:06 PM
^You're going back to uni again? >.<
When will you be coming back again?

Oh yeah. >.<



Rotrum woke up.

On his side was a man with long white hair. He was aware that Rotrum was conscious, but he said nothing. He seemingly was directing something all over Rotrum. It was fluid. Clear water, to be exact. And the numerous cuts on Rotrum’s limbs seem to heal wherever the water touched. Some of the deeper wounds took longer to close up, but they still heal all the same.

“Arceus?”

The man looked startled. “I didn’t expect you to regain consciousness soon, but you knowing my name is totally something weird. Have we met before?” the man asked.

“Met? Of course we have. Why ever not? You’re the 4th Squad Captain, weren’t you? But hey…” his voice trailed off. Arceus was another Captain who perished during the war; it happened when one of the enemies struck him off guard while he was tending to a wounded Shinigami. But the man who was standing before him could not have been other than Arceus; his white hair, his mild appearance, even the water that was surrounding Rotrum must have been Tsukibana; Arceus’s Zanpakto, what with its healing properties and the fact that your wound does not smart when it gets in contact with the water, and anything else.

“Well, I don’t remember ever meeting you before, mister…?”

“Rotrum.”

“Well, as I said, Rotrum, I don’t remember meeting you before. I’m certain I wouldn’t forget meeting someone like you, with your, er, eccentric clothing, and all the other strange stuff as well.”

“Other strange stuff?”

“Yep. I met you while on my way to the capital of Marsted from my hometown. This area never had snow before, and here you were lying on a frosty surface. I thought it was the wild monsters around that caused your injuries and fainting, but then they usually devour their victim right there and then, so that couldn’t have been the case. And what’s more, you weren’t even bleeding. I guess the cold surrounding you must have stopped your blood flow, as when I brought you here, you started bleeding again. It’s weird, but… Oh, also, you fell on a nice mesh of thorny vines. That’s what caused the cuts, I imagine. The frost that was there must have increased the effects of the scratching, but I see there’s nothing serious with you. Anyway, what happened to you?”

“I… I don’t know. The war is supposed to have stopped, so it couldn’t have been the enemies’ trap. Also the capsule exploded, and the enemies aren’t clever enough to think of those, too, so what actually was that thing?”

“Uhh… War? Capsule? You’re talking about?”

“Why, of the Recrimination War of course. Even if you don’t remember being a Captain, you must have at least some recollection of the war that happened here?” For Rotrum thought that he was in some district of the Rukongai. It did not occur to him that there was no region called ‘Marsted’ in the Rukongai.

“Depends on what you mean by ‘here’. In Marsted, there’s been no war since, urm, 1339 I think?” Arceus scratched his head.

“Wait. What did you say? 1339?”

“Yep. What, around 160 years ago?”

“One hundred and… sixty?” Rotrum did a quick math in his head. “You mean, this is the year of 1499?”

“Uh, sorry, my bad. 158 years ago. This is the year of 1497.” He said. “I STILL thought that 11 minus 3 equals to 7, not 8…” he muttered to himself.

Rotrum missed the last part altogether. 1497? What the freaking heck? What’s going on? He shook his head. Then he got up. “Well, I must get going. See ya. Thanks for earlier.”

“Sure.” Arceus was making no effort to hold him down, or to at least coax him to stay until his wounds are healed, or whatever.

Rotrum went outside (they were in a small cottage just now). It was near a stream, and green trees surrounded him. Looming ahead was what seemingly to be a forest. Rotrum did not know what to do, but his first thought was to search for the other Captains. He tried to gather reiatsu in his feet to dash off, but then realized that he could not do so. In fact, he seemed to have lost his spiritual pressure on the whole. “Damn, what now?”

“Rotrum,” a small voice addressed him.

Rotrum looked around. There was no one in the vicinity. And the voice could not have been Arceus’s, for Arceus had a different voice, and even then, Arceus was in the cottage.

“I’ll explain later. For now, go back in the cottage, and ask for some refreshment. You have fainted for 9 hours straight without food, and you’ll be weak and tired without eating something,” the voice continued.

It did not occur to Rotrum to disobey the voice, and even his instincts told him to ‘just go ahead and do it’, because, when the voice spoke, a certain kind of memory stirred within his mind; it was as if he had always communicated with the voice before, and that the voice was a part of him as well as he being a part of the voice. But he could not wholly recall to whom the voice belonged to. And so he went back into the cottage.

“Er…” he began.

“Ah, there you are. Come, I just threw something up with the stuffs I had left. It’s not the best, but it’ll do.” Arceus beckoned to him. And a delicious smell of cooked food came wafting to Rotrum.

“Er, I hope you don’t mind all these, and what I said earlier, because…” Rotrum said, but Arceus cut across him, “Heh, just go ahead and eat already, I already knew this was coming.”

“You did? How?”

“Well, because you’re a human.”

“So? What’s with that?”

“Humans are weird, wouldn’t you agree?”

“But, but then, you’re a human too.”

“Sure am.”

“So you’re saying you yourself are weird?”

“Never said I wasn’t.”

Rotrum chuckled to himself; something he rarely did in Soul Society. “So what’s on the menu?”

. . .

“Hey, Arceus.”

“Yeah?”

“Mind if I ask something?”

“Fire ahead.”

“That thing you did earlier, what was it?”

“Oh, this?” Arceus held up his hand. Peering closely, Rotrum saw a wooden ring on his middle finger, with a small turquoise embedded in the middle. “It’s a pact ring. I met this ring somewhere during my frequent wanderings and such. It was a rather long story, and rather interesting too, due to the risks I had to take in order to get this ring. But it was worth it.”

“So?”

“So what?”

“That still doesn’t explain the water.”

“Oh right. Sorry. The pact ring contained a water-spirit, one by the name of Tsukibana. She’s a great spirit, and has been a good help to me since. That’s why I said the risk was well worth taken.”

“Hang on. What you’re saying, are you implying that spirits are present in this world?”

“Why yes. It’s common knowledge. Don’t you know?”

Rotrum shook his head, apparently taken aback.

“Well…” Arceus began saying something, but then he seemed to change his mind and stopped. He got up and piled all the dishes and made his way to the kitchen. “You should rest for now,” he called from the kitchen, “there’s a small bed in the room you can use for the time being.”

“Er, yeah,” Rotrum said. “Thanks,” he added, as an afterthought. He headed towards the room Arceus said and proceeded to throw himself on the bed.

“Oh yeah. Isn’t this a nice mess you’re in, or what?” came the small voice again.

Another interesting chapter, Arc. Good job man, can't wait for more. ;p

Well now we know exactly why Byakuya did what he did.
They even came up with an excuse of why he did try working with rest of the 13 Court Guard Squads to find and defeat Koga. xD

Woo, that has to be one of the greatest battles of the whole series! All the slowmo effects were awesome. The kido battle was great too.
I'll have to look it up, but I think Kouga used some kido spells that haven't been seen before (let alone using them by just saying the name).
Although, since this probably won't be canon, those spells might not come up again, if they are new in the first place.

I still don't understand the connection between Muramasa and why he took in all those Hollows.
And shouldn't there have been like at least one VL Hollow in there with all those Gillians. xD

From what I could see in the previews, Koga's gonna turn into some kind of Hollow looking creature. Maybe that has to do with the VL.

The commentary in the preview and the Shinigami Illustation Picture Book were hilarious! XD
Poor Uryu. Dx

MasterCharizard15
7th January 2010, 4:44 AM
http://th01.deviantart.net/fs71/300W/i/2010/005/0/0/Master_C_by_Golde_sama.jpg
Thanks Golde!!!


Very nice Arceus03...

Can't wait to see what I do!

~~~CONTEST INFORMATION

THE CONTEST WILL BEGIN ON JANUARY 10th 2010!

Okay for everyone entered in the Battle Contest, here are the rules and other important information.
Rule 1: All battles will be held via VM...if you can't use VM then it will be held via Windows Live Messager.

Rule2:No God modding. [Meaning you can't just keep coming back to battle after taking heavy damage. (I.e. getting a sword shoved in your chest 100 times)]

Rule 3:Don't rush in battle, assuming your opponent cant defend.
{Example}
P1: Strike at shoulder

P2:Block and strike chest, then kick face

P1: ...But I blocked the chest strike ._.

[Note: Multiple hits are allowed if you have a clear opening. {I.E. like, if you knock the sword away, or if it were a time when it were possible for you to make multiple hits.}


Golde will match the contestants randomly...via Magical hat. Stolen from Dark Magician Girl

Judges-
Golde
MasterCharizard15
Luppi

Contestants-{Registered}
~NL~
Eon Master
SapphireDragon929
Rotrum [Not likely to be here during the contest]
Senbonzakura
I Like Poke'mon

Undecided/Cheerleader/Heckler/Ect...
invaderdim
kusari
arceus03 [Too busy healing people to enter...]
Flash Step
Zameric

M.I.A. {Missing in action}
Jinchuuriki Hunter
The Doctor
Cell
Darth Kitty
Red Globe

Prizes...

The winner will get...
*Bragging rights?
*Will be the first recorded on the contest winners section.
*Possible sig made for them...

Emperor Giratina
7th January 2010, 11:22 AM
http://th01.deviantart.net/fs71/300W/i/2010/005/0/0/Master_C_by_Golde_sama.jpg
Thanks Golde!!!


Very nice Arceus03...

Can't wait to see what I do!

~~~CONTEST INFORMATION

THE CONTEST WILL BEGIN ON JANUARY 10th 2010!

Okay for everyone entered in the Battle Contest, here are the rules and other important information.
Rule 1: All battles will be held via VM...if you can't use VM then it will be held via Windows Live Messager.

Rule2:No God modding. [Meaning you can't just keep coming back to battle after taking heavy damage. (I.e. getting a sword shoved in your chest 100 times)]

Rule 3:Don't rush in battle, assuming your opponent cant defend.
{Example}
P1: Strike at shoulder

P2:Block and strike chest, then kick face

P1: ...But I blocked the chest strike ._.

[Note: Multiple hits are allowed if you have a clear opening. {I.E. like, if you knock the sword away, or if it were a time when it were possible for you to make multiple hits.}


Golde will match the contestants randomly...via Magical hat. Stolen from Dark Magician Girl

Judges-
Golde
MasterCharizard15
Luppi

Contestants-{Registered}
~NL~
Eon Master
SapphireDragon929
Rotrum [Not likely to be here during the contest]
Senbonzakura
Undecided/Cheerleader/Heckler/Ect...
invaderdim
kusari
arceus03 [Too busy healing people to enter...]
Flash Step
Zameric
I Like Poke'mon

M.I.A. {Missing in action}
Jinchuuriki Hunter
The Doctor
Cell
Darth Kitty
Red Globe


Prizes...

The winner will get...
*Bragging rights?
*Will be the first recorded on the contest winners section.

Oh well, looks like the party's gonna get started without me. I maybe inactive for a few days because of my exams. But I'll be here on Friday and Saturday. Also as for the prizes, how does a brand new signature sound? Awesome or Flame bait? Nice or Stupid? Well, that's up to you all to decide. But do make me the audience please. I have'nt practiced... Yet. :p

What two characters should fight?

Hmm... That's hard for me to decide. I think Byakuya and Kenpachi should fight. But I wonder who will win? I'm rooting for Byakuya, what do you guys think?

Northern Lights
7th January 2010, 1:46 PM
Rule 1: All battles will be held via VM...if you can't use VM then it will be held via Windows Live Messager.

I thought we said we wouldn't do this, personally i think MSN is a great idea *shot*

Also Magical Hats is Dark Magician usually XD

I'll probably lose - stratedgy isn't my forte.

MasterCharizard15
7th January 2010, 3:28 PM
Oh well, looks like the party's gonna get started without me. I maybe inactive for a few days because of my exams. But I'll be here on Friday and Saturday. Also as for the prizes, how does a brand new signature sound? Awesome or Flame bait? Nice or Stupid? Well, that's up to you all to decide. But do make me the audience please. I have'nt practiced... Yet.

All new members can watch...and learn how its done...if you feel likw making one then go ahead...



I thought we said we wouldn't do this, personally i think MSN is a great idea *shot*

Also Magical Hats is Dark Magician usually XD

I'll probably lose - stratedgy isn't my forte.

Golde said it would cause massive amounts of spam if done in the club...
MSN is perfect for you

Your favorite characters favorite cereal?

I have no Idea...

I like Pokemon (...)
7th January 2010, 3:44 PM
@Arc, hmm... This is starting to get really interesting. I'm not surprised you chose you(r character) to explain most of what's going on XP Though quite interesting to use spirits in rings as a substitute for Zanpakutous.
Also, injoke ftw! *High fives*

@MC, Might as well join the fighting >.> There're 3 days so I think I can whip up a Bankai in that time (if I don't like it, I can update it whenever XP)

What two characters should fight?
Grimmjow and Renji. For some reason, I think that'd be a good fight.

Your favorite characters favorite cereal?
Random topic ftw? Anyway, I have no clue. Do lucky charms have bats? XD

Northern Lights
7th January 2010, 8:25 PM
Your favorite characters favorite cereal?

Rice Crispies - sorry i can just imagine Gin trying to listen to the snap, crackle and pop &#172;_&#172;


Golde said it would cause massive amounts of spam if done in the club...

Touche.

arceus03
8th January 2010, 4:24 AM
Can't wait to see what I do!

Undecided/Cheerleader/Heckler/Ect...

arceus03 [Too busy healing people to enter...]


You'll be going... Bug catching XD
<_< Like, drowning them in anaesthethics, more like. XD


@Arc, hmm... This is starting to get really interesting. I'm not surprised you chose you(r character) to explain most of what's going on XP Though quite interesting to use spirits in rings as a substitute for Zanpakutous.
Also, injoke ftw! *High fives*


8D
Actually the other character will do the explaining too, but just later XD
Remember the 1st chapter? "I had to use something else, but this something else is really interesting in a way"
*coughhintcough*

Yeah, in-joke. XP
I should be coming with those random things, so yeah... Bear with them XD

What 2 characters should fight?
Unohana <.< and someone else. Preferably Wonderweiss, or Yammy, but meh.

Favourite character's favourite cereal? O.o
I dunno... I'm not sure.
I guess any kid likes Koko Crunch XD

Oh yeah, I have a request. Why don't you post the battle log(s) after they're done in the club? In one post, that is, and spoilers, of course. Other members might want to read them 8D And check the fairness of the judges 8D

On a Jin note, he _might_ be returning for Chinese New Year, for about... 5 days. x.x

Oh, Happy legal eighteen, Zam. XP

Zameric
8th January 2010, 7:14 PM
I'm 18 now. :)
No bleach manga this week. :(

What 2 characters should fight?
Kenpachi and Byakuya, Mayuri and Urahara, Yamamoto and Aizen might be interesting

Favourite character's favourite cereal?
Idk for Chad, but I'd love to see Kenpachi eating a bowl of Fruit Loops or Lucky Charms. XD

MasterCharizard15
9th January 2010, 1:34 AM
CONTEST SIGN_UPS ARE NOW OVER!!!!

Now Golde will use the magical hat to choose which two contestants fight first!

What 2 characters should fight?
Yourichi vs Halibel
Neliel vs Halibel
Yamamoto vs Aizen
Urahara vs Mayuri
Yachiru vs Anyone XD

Favourite character's favourite cereal?
They don't have one...

arceus03
9th January 2010, 11:29 AM
^And remember the log! =D

Oh, Zam-

Chapter 3:-

Zameric was out hunting when something strange happened to him.

He was tracking down a deer in the Forest of Enticement. He had always complained about the forest’s name more often than not himself, firstly because it was such a weird name and secondly because the forest was not tempting in the very least.

The deer was stooping for a drink on a brook, just in front of Zameric – who was well hidden behind some bushes and shrubs.

Zameric fitted an arrow to his bow. Most people prefer a crossbow rather than the bow; the former being more efficient to be used in such situations, but Zameric found that he’s more comfortable with his bow. That, and the fact that the bow was also the bearer of an entity Zameric was proud to possess.

He raised the bow, and took aim. The deer was still drinking, apparently not aware of Zameric taking aim at it.

With a loud splash, something fell into the stream, and the deer, startled, ran away.

“Damn,” Zameric cursed. What was that thing? “Whatever the hell it is, it made me lose my dinner.”

The thing was rising now. Apparently it was a human (or something that looks like a human, Zameric thought) for Zameric can see that it was standing on its two legs, and seems to have a head, two hands, and all the features that a normal human has. Zameric strode cautiously towards the human, with an arrow at the tip of the bow. Old folktales often tell of cursed spirits who linger in the forest and watch for unaware hunters as they hunt, and lure them into traps, often to catch them off guard and devouring their spirits. But Zameric did not believe all this, of course, and now a tingle of fear built up in him. Was there really a truth value in the stories, after all? However, remembering his escaped dinner made him muster up his courage, and said out loud, “Pray tell me who are you, creature, and what made you interrupt a man earning something for his living.”

The figure came out of the water. It was actually a man. He looked no older than Zameric, yet a grandness of some sort hung around him; it was as if the man was a leader of some organization, or a constitution, or a foundation of some sort. He has a long black hair, and he wore black attire, with a white robe. His expression was that of bewilderment, and he has a sword on his side.

The man looked around himself, and scratched his head. It was as if he was surprised with himself for being there. Then he noticed Zameric for the first time and a huge grin spread across his face.

“Zam! What are you doing here?” he said.

Zameric was taken aback. How does this creature know his name? He raised his bow. “What are you, creature? And how come you know my name?”

“Zam, it’s me, Golde. Don’t you remember me?” the ‘creature’ said, this time his eyebrows knitted together, for apparently ‘it’ thought that ‘it’ knows Zameric but Zameric did not know… ‘it’. ‘It’ took a step nearer to Zameric, who backed one step.

“Blowed if I ever knew you before,” Zameric said, still bemused. He decided that the ‘creature’ was a human after all; ‘it’ was capable of human speech, and spirit or otherwise, legend had it that the spirits float and glide instead; they don’t walk. So this must be a human. “Well now that you mention it, I did once had a friend whose name was Silver, but that was five years ago and now he’s moved to the town with his parents. Are you his long-lost relative, perhaps?”

Golde stopped in his tracks. It was clear that Zameric did not recognize him, because his looks was too good to be an act, and anyway the Zameric he knew never knew anything that had to do with bows and arrows; it was common knowledge that he despised them, due to his bitter past with the Quincys. Furthermore, the Zameric who was once the Captain of the 9th Division, Golde remembered with a pang, was also one of the fallen from the war.

When Zameric showed no sign of recognition to him in any way, Golde set to thinking. His first thought was that he wondered what had happened in Soul Society. His second thought was that how the Soul Society must be in total chaos right now, because of the lack of Captains and Lieutenants to assess the situation and give out orders. His third thought was that he wondered where the heck he was. His fourth thought was that he could be in the living world now, because people don’t go hunting in the Rukongai and Soul Society. His fifth thought was that he must find the other four other Captains. His sixth thought was that how weird it was that he could not sense their reiatsu. His seventh thought, which rang alarmingly in his mind, was that he could not even feel his own reiatsu. His final thought was, “How wet I am!” And he sneezed.

Zameric sighed. “Ah well. I guess you’d better come to my house for some refreshments and stuff, or else you’ll catch a cold here with your wet dress, weird though they are. Come,” he beckoned to Golde, who understood and followed suit. “Anyway,” Zameric struck up a conversation, “Who’re you again? I’m… Well, it seemed that you already knew my name, but I’m Zameric anyway, Zameric Hanako, Zam for short. What’s your name again, Gold or something?”

Golde hesitated for a moment, then: “Uh, no. Call me… Ed. Yeah. Ed. Er, anyway, where am I?” he asked.

“Forest of Enticement,” was all that Zameric said. When he did not elaborate, Golde (or Ed) asked further, “Forest of Enticement where?” And he got “Quasimos” for an answer. Under further query, Golde found out that he was in a small village, Quasimos, and the Forest of Enticement was a small wood to the southeast of the foresaid village. He was (as he discovered shockingly) in the year of 1497. The village was in the country of Marsted, wherever in the world the country was. The rest of the journey back to Zameric’s house was in silence, as Zameric still could not quite forgive Golde for messing with his dinner, and Golde thought he could hear words like “blast” and “my dinner” coming occasionally, muttered under the breath but audible enough over the sounds of insects, but that was all.

They reached Zameric’s house after ten minutes of walking through the Forest and another five walking through a desolate field which was bathed in the yellow sunlight of evening. A lot of questions buzzed through Golde’s mind and he thought of asking Zameric about them, but decided against it for a better time and traipsed in silence, following Zameric’s wake. Soon after, they reached a small village; it was so exquisite and beautiful, indeed, Golde felt relaxed as soon as he entered the village. It was the sort of place that you felt comfortable to be in - even though you’re a newcomer, the villagers were already smiling at you and wishing good fortune - and you can tell from the warm atmosphere and happy faces of people walking around that they wished nothing better than this. It was clear from the way the villagers talked with each other that this was a very close-knit community. Some smiled and waved cheerily when Golde and Zameric passed, but most addressed them; saying things like “How was today’s catch?” and “Is this your friend, Zam? Nice to meet you” and shook hands with Golde. In return, Golde just smiled back warmly and replied, “Hi, nice to meet you too.”

Zameric’s house was located in the southeast part of the quaint place. It was a small wooden house, but the sort of that you can look at it and feel your heart warming towards it the very minute you set your eyes on it. Probably because of the colourful flowers and various plants on the sides of the house, or because such houses were rarely seen in the Soul Society, Golde did not know. But it was an idyllic scene all the same.

Zameric opened the door and went in, calling loudly as he did so, “Hey Jon, I’m hoooooome~” and a small kid, no older than eight, rushed out and hugged Zameric. “Yay, you’re back, you’re back,” he jumped around joyfully, then noticed Golde for the first time, “Is this your friend, brother?” the kid named Jon asked Zameric. He beamed to Golde, who did likewise, and said, “I’m Jonathan. Jon for short. Are you brother’s friend?” Without waiting for an answer, he took Golde’s hand and pulled him inside. “I hope you’ll be staying with us?” he asked, then added in a whisper, “You’ll be quite a nice change from my grumpy brother.”

“Eh? What’s that? You’re tired of me?” Zameric, who apparently had a pair of sharp ears, cut in. However, from the loving glance that Zameric and his brother shared, Golde was sure that the kid had been messing around with his brother. “Yeah,” Jon pouted. “I’m tired of promised deer or rabbit meat everyday but so far the closest thing that I ate to meat was a small sea bass and nothing more,” he said, and broke into a peal of laughter when his brother lunged at him and set to tickling him until he cried for mercy.

“Anyway, I’d have kept my promise to you today but Golde just have to interrupt while I was taking aim at a fat deer.” Zameric said with half a glance at Golde, who began to feel uncomfortable. Then he remembered something and searched about in his pocket. “Uhh, sorry about that, but what if I give you this in return?” he produced a small plastic package and squeezed it into Jon’s hand.

“Yay, candy!” Jon exclaimed happily, then tore open the plastic wrapping and began sucking a stick of caramel. “And sorry about earlier,” Golde apologized to Zameric, who replied with “Ah, that’s OK, as long as my little brother is happy, I am too” and smiled, for the first time, at Golde. He got up and went to the kitchen and called out, “I’ll knock something up for dinner. Give me ten minutes.”

. . .

Dinner was composed of white rice, fried eggs and some fish. Golde wanted to wash the dishes after the meal to show his gratitude, but Jon took them away, said to him, “This is my share of work. You should go rest, since you’re a visitor and a friend of brother,” and clattered to the sink, dishes, cutleries and all. “And thanks for the candies,” he added.

Golde went outside and sat with Zameric, leaning against the wall of the house, staring at the starry sky. A long silence issued, the only sounds heard are the clatter of dishes Jon was watching and the occasional cricket cry. It was eventually broken by Zameric, who cleared his throat and asked, “So, er, anyway, where are you from actually? And why did you fall from the sky?”

“Well,” Golde began. “It’s a long story, actually. And I’m not even sure you’ll believe me or not if I tell you.”

“Go ahead. I’m all ears.”

So Golde told Zameric all about the Soul Society stuff; the cycle of reincarnation, the Rukongai, Sereitei, Shinigami, Hollow et cetera. It was a long explanation and Zameric just nodded his head once or twice to indicate that he understood, but did not interrupt Golde in his explanation. When it was all over, the only thing Zameric asked was “So then how did you know me?” to which Golde replied that he was one of the Captains from the 13 Protection Squad, but had mysteriously disappeared during one night while the Recrimination War was still raging; the only thing that was left was his Shinigami outfit and Captain robe. And Zameric did not tell Golde whether or not he believed the whole account, but just nodded and seemed to be lost in thought.

There was another long silence, eventually broken by Golde’s cough and he asked, “So, Zam, do you live here with Jon alone? Just the two of you?” Zameric nodded, but said nothing. Golde opened his mouth to ask another question, but seemed to change his mind and closed his mouth again. Then a few moment after that, Zameric said, “I know. You wanted to know about my parents. Well, to put it short, I don’t know. To put it long, I do not freaking know. I was raised in an orphanage. You saw how the villagers around here are; they are kind to everyone. And Jon was not actually my blood brother; he was another kid from the orphanage. Since we were so close together, I decided to treat him as if he was my own brother. So, yeah.” Zameric shrugged. Then he got up and yawned. “Well, I’m going inside now. I suppose you’d better lodge here for tonight, then do whatever you must tomorrow. I wouldn’t mind if you want to stay around, but you’ll have to pull your weight around. Seemingly my little brother has taken a liking to you, so, you know…” he said, then went inside the house.

Golde stared at the sky. It was dark now, and the sounds of cricket were getting louder by every second. He wondered what had really happened back in the Soul Society, and where are the other four Captains. What was the cause of the ‘time warp’ (for lack of a better word), and if Zameric was here, surely the other Captains could be somewhere around here too. He mused over these things for quite a while, then he got sleepy and yawned. Golde was on the verge of falling asleep where he was sitting when someone (or something) spoke.

It was a clear, high-pitched kind of voice that was scary but amusing at the same time. “Golde,” it said.

Golde jerked awake, his sleepiness slipped off him totally. He stood up. Golde was sure someone had called his name. But there was no one in sight. He first thought of Jon, pulling a prank on him, but Jon should be asleep now; it was so late already. Then he decided that it was only his imagination and he sat down again, thinking about the previous incidents, when the voice came again.

“You should go to sleep, you know. That explosion did not only blast you out from Soul Society, but there’s another sinister force at work. It sucked your spiritual energy dry,” it said. “And I’m not your imagination,” it added.

*(A/N) For a song that complements Zameric's village, Serene Weather (http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8IQHFypCHEY&feature=PlayList&p=D3186222E79BC03B&playnext=1&playnext_from=PL&index=82) fits perfectly.

And I'll be coming in with these random things, and there'll be some names/theories that I will borrow from random games, so yeah =D*

Senbonzakura
9th January 2010, 12:17 PM
sub:

im betting on byakuya or some interruption but i loooved the kido war lol

anyone understand kougas power? it feels like aizens :/

and where is like yoruichi etc and the other zanpaktou

Da14u.C
9th January 2010, 2:36 PM
Hey everyone. University starts on Jan 11th for me (i feel sorry for the suckers who's unis start on jan 4th :) )

aww, i feel bad that i am not around enough to be in stories or in this contest thing

What 2 characters should fight?
unohana and absolutely ANYONE. i want to see why everyone but mayuri is terrified of her
yachiru and someone! i wanna see her power

arceus03
9th January 2010, 3:10 PM
sub:

im betting on byakuya or some interruption but i loooved the kido war lol

anyone understand kougas power? it feels like aizens :/

and where is like yoruichi etc and the other zanpaktou

It IS like Aizen, I think.
Didn't Kouga said that he was able to control senses?

And yeah, the Kido battle was awesome XD
From that flashback, that's the 3rd time (IIRC) Senbonzakura's mask shattered. You think he has an ample amount of those masks somewhere? Maybe in the underground cavern...

And when Yamamoto's Ryuuji Jakka burned the whole cave, I bet he was like "My mask noooooo" [/random]

And no matter how many times I see it, I still get elated when Byakuya goes bankai. It's just... awesome. X3

And I just noticed this, but apparently Rukia is now _very_ skilled at her Kidou she didn't need to chant for a level 63 (or 73 in the anime) destructive spell?

And (another and XD) the way Ishida pranced around.... It's hilarious XD


Hey everyone. University starts on Jan 11th for me (i feel sorry for the suckers who's unis start on jan 4th :) )

What 2 characters should fight?
unohana and absolutely ANYONE. i want to see why everyone but mayuri is terrified of her
yachiru and someone! i wanna see her power

You're going already? =(
When will you be back? =D

And yay, we are of one mind XD
I want to see what she is _really_ capable of.
Well, apart from that death glare she has XD

Zameric
9th January 2010, 6:36 PM
^And remember the log! =D

Oh, Zam-

Chapter 3:-

Zameric was out hunting when something strange happened to him.

He was tracking down a deer in the Forest of Enticement. He had always complained about the forest’s name more often than not himself, firstly because it was such a weird name and secondly because the forest was not tempting in the very least.

The deer was stooping for a drink on a brook, just in front of Zameric – who was well hidden behind some bushes and shrubs.

Zameric fitted an arrow to his bow. Most people prefer a crossbow rather than the bow; the former being more efficient to be used in such situations, but Zameric found that he’s more comfortable with his bow. That, and the fact that the bow was also the bearer of an entity Zameric was proud to possess.

He raised the bow, and took aim. The deer was still drinking, apparently not aware of Zameric taking aim at it.

With a loud splash, something fell into the stream, and the deer, startled, ran away.

“Damn,” Zameric cursed. What was that thing? “Whatever the hell it is, it made me lose my dinner.”

The thing was rising now. Apparently it was a human (or something that looks like a human, Zameric thought) for Zameric can see that it was standing on its two legs, and seems to have a head, two hands, and all the features that a normal human has. Zameric strode cautiously towards the human, with an arrow at the tip of the bow. Old folktales often tell of cursed spirits who linger in the forest and watch for unaware hunters as they hunt, and lure them into traps, often to catch them off guard and devouring their spirits. But Zameric did not believe all this, of course, and now a tingle of fear built up in him. Was there really a truth value in the stories, after all? However, remembering his escaped dinner made him muster up his courage, and said out loud, “Pray tell me who are you, creature, and what made you interrupt a man earning something for his living.”

The figure came out of the water. It was actually a man. He looked no older than Zameric, yet a grandness of some sort hung around him; it was as if the man was a leader of some organization, or a constitution, or a foundation of some sort. He has a long black hair, and he wore black attire, with a white robe. His expression was that of bewilderment, and he has a sword on his side.

The man looked around himself, and scratched his head. It was as if he was surprised with himself for being there. Then he noticed Zameric for the first time and a huge grin spread across his face.

“Zam! What are you doing here?” he said.

Zameric was taken aback. How does this creature know his name? He raised his bow. “What are you, creature? And how come you know my name?”

“Zam, it’s me, Golde. Don’t you remember me?” the ‘creature’ said, this time his eyebrows knitted together, for apparently ‘it’ thought that ‘it’ knows Zameric but Zameric did not know… ‘it’. ‘It’ took a step nearer to Zameric, who backed one step.

“Blowed if I ever knew you before,” Zameric said, still bemused. He decided that the ‘creature’ was a human after all; ‘it’ was capable of human speech, and spirit or otherwise, legend had it that the spirits float and glide instead; they don’t walk. So this must be a human. “Well now that you mention it, I did once had a friend whose name was Silver, but that was five years ago and now he’s moved to the town with his parents. Are you his long-lost relative, perhaps?”

Golde stopped in his tracks. It was clear that Zameric did not recognize him, because his looks was too good to be an act, and anyway the Zameric he knew never knew anything that had to do with bows and arrows; it was common knowledge that he despised them, due to his bitter past with the Quincys. Furthermore, the Zameric who was once the Captain of the 9th Division, Golde remembered with a pang, was also one of the fallen from the war.

When Zameric showed no sign of recognition to him in any way, Golde set to thinking. His first thought was that he wondered what had happened in Soul Society. His second thought was that how the Soul Society must be in total chaos right now, because of the lack of Captains and Lieutenants to assess the situation and give out orders. His third thought was that he wondered where the heck he was. His fourth thought was that he could be in the living world now, because people don’t go hunting in the Rukongai and Soul Society. His fifth thought was that he must find the other four other Captains. His sixth thought was that how weird it was that he could not sense their reiatsu. His seventh thought, which rang alarmingly in his mind, was that he could not even feel his own reiatsu. His final thought was, “How wet I am!” And he sneezed.

Zameric sighed. “Ah well. I guess you’d better come to my house for some refreshments and stuff, or else you’ll catch a cold here with your wet dress, weird though they are. Come,” he beckoned to Golde, who understood and followed suit. “Anyway,” Zameric struck up a conversation, “Who’re you again? I’m… Well, it seemed that you already knew my name, but I’m Zameric anyway, Zameric Hanako, Zam for short. What’s your name again, Gold or something?”

Golde hesitated for a moment, then: “Uh, no. Call me… Ed. Yeah. Ed. Er, anyway, where am I?” he asked.

“Forest of Enticement,” was all that Zameric said. When he did not elaborate, Golde (or Ed) asked further, “Forest of Enticement where?” And he got “Quasimos” for an answer. Under further query, Golde found out that he was in a small village, Quasimos, and the Forest of Enticement was a small wood to the southeast of the foresaid village. He was (as he discovered shockingly) in the year of 1497. The village was in the country of Marsted, wherever in the world the country was. The rest of the journey back to Zameric’s house was in silence, as Zameric still could not quite forgive Golde for messing with his dinner, and Golde thought he could hear words like “blast” and “my dinner” coming occasionally, muttered under the breath but audible enough over the sounds of insects, but that was all.

They reached Zameric’s house after ten minutes of walking through the Forest and another five walking through a desolate field which was bathed in the yellow sunlight of evening. A lot of questions buzzed through Golde’s mind and he thought of asking Zameric about them, but decided against it for a better time and traipsed in silence, following Zameric’s wake. Soon after, they reached a small village; it was so exquisite and beautiful, indeed, Golde felt relaxed as soon as he entered the village. It was the sort of place that you felt comfortable to be in - even though you’re a newcomer, the villagers were already smiling at you and wishing good fortune - and you can tell from the warm atmosphere and happy faces of people walking around that they wished nothing better than this. It was clear from the way the villagers talked with each other that this was a very close-knit community. Some smiled and waved cheerily when Golde and Zameric passed, but most addressed them; saying things like “How was today’s catch?” and “Is this your friend, Zam? Nice to meet you” and shook hands with Golde. In return, Golde just smiled back warmly and replied, “Hi, nice to meet you too.”

Zameric’s house was located in the southeast part of the quaint place. It was a small wooden house, but the sort of that you can look at it and feel your heart warming towards it the very minute you set your eyes on it. Probably because of the colourful flowers and various plants on the sides of the house, or because such houses were rarely seen in the Soul Society, Golde did not know. But it was an idyllic scene all the same.

Zameric opened the door and went in, calling loudly as he did so, “Hey Jon, I’m hoooooome~” and a small kid, no older than eight, rushed out and hugged Zameric. “Yay, you’re back, you’re back,” he jumped around joyfully, then noticed Golde for the first time, “Is this your friend, brother?” the kid named Jon asked Zameric. He beamed to Golde, who did likewise, and said, “I’m Jonathan. Jon for short. Are you brother’s friend?” Without waiting for an answer, he took Golde’s hand and pulled him inside. “I hope you’ll be staying with us?” he asked, then added in a whisper, “You’ll be quite a nice change from my grumpy brother.”

“Eh? What’s that? You’re tired of me?” Zameric, who apparently had a pair of sharp ears, cut in. However, from the loving glance that Zameric and his brother shared, Golde was sure that the kid had been messing around with his brother. “Yeah,” Jon pouted. “I’m tired of promised deer or rabbit meat everyday but so far the closest thing that I ate to meat was a small sea bass and nothing more,” he said, and broke into a peal of laughter when his brother lunged at him and set to tickling him until he cried for mercy.

“Anyway, I’d have kept my promise to you today but Golde just have to interrupt while I was taking aim at a fat deer.” Zameric said with half a glance at Golde, who began to feel uncomfortable. Then he remembered something and searched about in his pocket. “Uhh, sorry about that, but what if I give you this in return?” he produced a small plastic package and squeezed it into Jon’s hand.

“Yay, candy!” Jon exclaimed happily, then tore open the plastic wrapping and began sucking a stick of caramel. “And sorry about earlier,” Golde apologized to Zameric, who replied with “Ah, that’s OK, as long as my little brother is happy, I am too” and smiled, for the first time, at Golde. He got up and went to the kitchen and called out, “I’ll knock something up for dinner. Give me ten minutes.”

. . .

Dinner was composed of white rice, fried eggs and some fish. Golde wanted to wash the dishes after the meal to show his gratitude, but Jon took them away, said to him, “This is my share of work. You should go rest, since you’re a visitor and a friend of brother,” and clattered to the sink, dishes, cutleries and all. “And thanks for the candies,” he added.

Golde went outside and sat with Zameric, leaning against the wall of the house, staring at the starry sky. A long silence issued, the only sounds heard are the clatter of dishes Jon was watching and the occasional cricket cry. It was eventually broken by Zameric, who cleared his throat and asked, “So, er, anyway, where are you from actually? And why did you fall from the sky?”

“Well,” Golde began. “It’s a long story, actually. And I’m not even sure you’ll believe me or not if I tell you.”

“Go ahead. I’m all ears.”

So Golde told Zameric all about the Soul Society stuff; the cycle of reincarnation, the Rukongai, Sereitei, Shinigami, Hollow et cetera. It was a long explanation and Zameric just nodded his head once or twice to indicate that he understood, but did not interrupt Golde in his explanation. When it was all over, the only thing Zameric asked was “So then how did you know me?” to which Golde replied that he was one of the Captains from the 13 Protection Squad, but had mysteriously disappeared during one night while the Recrimination War was still raging; the only thing that was left was his Shinigami outfit and Captain robe. And Zameric did not tell Golde whether or not he believed the whole account, but just nodded and seemed to be lost in thought.

There was another long silence, eventually broken by Golde’s cough and he asked, “So, Zam, do you live here with Jon alone? Just the two of you?” Zameric nodded, but said nothing. Golde opened his mouth to ask another question, but seemed to change his mind and closed his mouth again. Then a few moment after that, Zameric said, “I know. You wanted to know about my parents. Well, to put it short, I don’t know. To put it long, I do not freaking know. I was raised in an orphanage. You saw how the villagers around here are; they are kind to everyone. And Jon was not actually my blood brother; he was another kid from the orphanage. Since we were so close together, I decided to treat him as if he was my own brother. So, yeah.” Zameric shrugged. Then he got up and yawned. “Well, I’m going inside now. I suppose you’d better lodge here for tonight, then do whatever you must tomorrow. I wouldn’t mind if you want to stay around, but you’ll have to pull your weight around. Seemingly my little brother has taken a liking to you, so, you know…” he said, then went inside the house.

Golde stared at the sky. It was dark now, and the sounds of cricket were getting louder by every second. He wondered what had really happened back in the Soul Society, and where are the other four Captains. What was the cause of the ‘time warp’ (for lack of a better word), and if Zameric was here, surely the other Captains could be somewhere around here too. He mused over these things for quite a while, then he got sleepy and yawned. Golde was on the verge of falling asleep where he was sitting when someone (or something) spoke.

It was a clear, high-pitched kind of voice that was scary but amusing at the same time. “Golde,” it said.

Golde jerked awake, his sleepiness slipped off him totally. He stood up. Golde was sure someone had called his name. But there was no one in sight. He first thought of Jon, pulling a prank on him, but Jon should be asleep now; it was so late already. Then he decided that it was only his imagination and he sat down again, thinking about the previous incidents, when the voice came again.

“You should go to sleep, you know. That explosion did not only blast you out from Soul Society, but there’s another sinister force at work. It sucked your spiritual energy dry,” it said. “And I’m not your imagination,” it added.

*(A/N) For a song that complements Zameric's village, Serene Weather (http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8IQHFypCHEY&feature=PlayList&p=D3186222E79BC03B&playnext=1&playnext_from=PL&index=82) fits perfectly.

And I'll be coming in with these random things, and there'll be some names/theories that I will borrow from random games, so yeah =D*

Another great chapter, Arc.
Best chapter eva! xD

The personallity for Zameric in your story seems to match the real me well.

That music ofr the village is very calming and serene. ;p


sub:

im betting on byakuya or some interruption but i loooved the kido war lol

anyone understand kougas power? it feels like aizens :/

and where is like yoruichi etc and the other zanpaktou
Yeah his powers seems to control senses, but it only seems to be able to affect one's depth perception and sight(to an extent).

Golde
10th January 2010, 12:31 AM
The Squad 13 group, consisting of “San”, Squad 13’s Captain, and the two students, Amy Hoshiko and Hikari Forte, stepped out into a large room.

“So,” San began, “Anyone know where we are?”

They came out in a large, empty building. Its walls were a golden orange, and the seats were a majestic red. They stood on a stage, gold, and behind them was a very large organ.

“Some kind of performance stage, obviously,” said Amy, pushing back her long, straight, brown hair. She looked to the organ “Maybe some kind of music hall?”

”Close,” said San, smiling. This is the Sydney Opera House!” He lit a cigarette, as he ran his hand through his pale-green hair.

“Really?” said Hikari. “I’ve heard of this place, it’s amazing.”

”Yeah, Golde really loves this place." He chuckled,"I wonder why.” He said sarcastically. “Anyway, let’s go.”

They walked out through the main door, into the streets of Australia.

~~~

A young man stood in the dark, in a meditative state. All that could be seen of his face were two golden eyes from behind a pure white mask.

He was looking at a particular shinigami, one whom he had had his eyes on for quite a while.

Shirindaono Enkaikaze. And, even better, there were two shinigami with him. Young, albeit them, but shinigami nonetheless.

His eyes refocused, allowing the reality to return. He stood in a cave, deep below the earth.

“Takai.” He called. A second later, a tall man in black robes walked in. He also had a mask, grey, and animal-like. Specifically, like a dog.

“Someone has been sent to intercept that group, right Takai?”

”Yes, sir. We sent Hana there.”

”Good.” He closed his eyes again. “This will be fun then.”

~~~

“Hyah!”

Amy had just destroyed a hollow, one that was pretty much entirely a mask, and moved by levitating.

“Good job, Amy!” Said San, “You’re not bad at all.”

”Thanks, Taicho! It was kinda fun, to be honest. I really hope that…” She trailed off when she saw the girl.

A few hundred feet behind San stood a girl, completely out of place. She wore a grey kimono with pink flowers. However, the weirdest thing about her was that she wore a mask, painted like a geisha.

“Um, Taicho-sama, does that look weird to you?”

San turned, as did Hikari. “Yeah, that is a little weird”…He closed his eyes for a second, then place his hand on his sword. “She has reishi.”

The girl took a step farther, and then bowed. San was very concerned at this…it was obvious she knew he was there, and he had absolutely no idea who or what she was.

He then started to wonder…what if this was…a vizard? It didn’t resemble an arrancar…maybe…

But at that moment, from under her kimono, the woman pulled out a chakram, a large circle with blades along the edges, and threw it at San.

“Get back!” He yelled to the students, who immediately ran back.

San blocked the chakram, and let it fall. Unfortunately, the woman knew shunpo in some form, and appeared right under him, grabbed the chakram and, with a spin, cut a very large gash across his stomach.

He jumped back, seriously wounded. “I’ll have to do it…” He mumbled. When he landed, he looked at his stomach. The gash wasn’t too deep, but it was large, and would have to get it treated soon.

He held his sword ahead of him. “Attack and Shield, Sousei!”

His sword melted, forming into two large balls of liquid steel around his hands. It resembled mercury. The silver orbs began to swirl, until both arms were covered by large, circular shields. From each one, a long, needle-like blade shot out.

Ignoring the pain from his wound, he jumped at the woman, who blocked the first hit with her chakram, then again when his second blade came down. She pulled her other hand out from her sleeve, and on it were 3 steel claws.

San barely missed the claws, and was almost hit by the chakram that she attacked with next. When she had the chance, she jumped back.

San clutched his side. He was loosing some blood. “Hey, you! Who are you?”

She didn’t speak, she merely held up her hands, showing all her fingers.

”Who are you dammit! I hope you know, I’ve been holding back!”

Still nothing.

Okay, he thought, our times almost up, the portal should reopen soon, calling us back, and I don’t have time to open one myself…I’ll have to take her out, before I pass out from blood loss.

He ran at her. She threw her chakram at him.

He jumped, and kicked down, knocking the chakram away. He raised one hand, and brought it down on the woman.

She defended with her clawed hand, but left herself open for an attack with his left. As he brought it up to her head, she jumped back.

She clutched her face. When she pulled her hand away, fragments of the mask fell off, and blood was coming out. He had chipped the left cheek of the mask and her face. For only a moment, her face was visible. Under the beautiful geisha masked was a horrifically burned face.

She stepped two steps backwards, then turned and ran off.

“Hey! Coward!” he called, but he realized why she had ran off.

The portal was open.

“Hey,” He called, to the students. “Mind giving me a hand?”

~~~

Back in the Soul Society, all the Captains and students had returned. Except one; San still hadn’t returned.

“Where is this guy…” said Yobou, hands behind his head.

“Be patient, Yobou,” Shinzui said, patting his shoulder.

“This doesn’t make sense,” said Golde. “San usually gets mad at me if I’m late…something’s going on.”

Just after Golde said that, San walked through a portal, using Hikari as support, with Amy following behind. San was set down.

“Shit!”

”What happened?”

Dosu stepped forward, and drew his sword. “Ken’in no Kakou, Neko”

His sword altered slightly, but when he touched it to Sans wound, nothing happened.

“It’s been too long,” he said, “I can’t heal it completely.” He held his hand over the wound. “All I can do is use my rudimentary healing techniques. ****, I see ribs, you must’ve lost a lot of blood.”

Mizuhashi stepped forward. “I can help.” He called out his shikai, and moved the water over the wound, which started to heal, slowly.

“Really, thanks, kid,” said San.

”Heh,” Dosu chuckled. “One of these days, you’re gonna surpass me.”

San sat up. “Golde, there’s something you need to know…”

~~~

“Okay, everyone, this meeting is in order, so listen up.” Golde called, from the podium. 11 Captains sat before him.

”During the lesson, yesterday, our own Thirteenth Squad Taicho, Shirindaono Enkaikaze, was seriously wounded. He is healed now, but is resting, and is therefore not in attendance. However, he brought some concerning news.

”While he was in Australia, he was attacked by a woman, of average height and brown hair, wearing a kimono. However, it was unusual because she had a weapon; a large, spiked chakram, as well as three steel claws. We have yet to determine whether or not this was a release of a zanpaktou, but we are looking into it. But, please, keep your eyes out, and pass on the word. We don’t know if this is some unnatural shinigami, or even something as drastic as a rogue vizard. So, we must keep an eye out and, if at all possible, take her in for questioning. That will be all.”

I really gotta hurry up with this...anyway, Chapter 9. Got, like, 20 more chapters to post before new ones can be posted.

Mizuhashi, gotta love the chapter, man. And I think I've got the voice figured out :3 And unfortunately that last part kinda messes with an idea I had :P That's alright, it was tentative anyway.

I like Pokemon (...)
10th January 2010, 1:07 AM
@Arc, well, there's not much to say... Jon is really cute X3 I really like his and Zam's relationship.
You should've used Edelina.

@Edelina, wow, 9 chapters already? And 20 left till NEW ones? Anyway... Takai seems like a VERY interesting character so far...

Oh, I've posted my Bankai. (http://serebiiforums.com/showpost.php?p=10613979&postcount=2)

MasterCharizard15
10th January 2010, 1:15 AM
@ANT

You get a 1000 mile radius?

-I got yelled at for having a 100 mile radius.

[-_-]

Nice bankai...Favorism

EDIT: Its been fixed...

CONTEST MATCH-UPS!!!!

I like Poke'mon vs ~.:Northern Lights:.~

Senbonzaukra vs Eon Master

mario_fan
10th January 2010, 2:13 AM
after more than 6 bleachless weeks I have given up and started watching the subbed episodes and caught up(I was not waiting till summer!).kouga is byakuya's dad(speculation but i can prove it)Then after that I gave up and started reading the manga(that I have not caught up on).


What 2 characters should fight?
yachiru vs. yammy
just because you know who is going to win

Eon Master
10th January 2010, 2:35 AM
Oh, I've posted my Bankai. (http://serebiiforums.com/showpost.php?p=10613979&postcount=2)

Wow, that's pretty cool. I can't wait to face off against you to see how it works.


@ANT

You get a 1000 mile radius?

-I got yelled at for having a 100 mile radius.

[-_-]

Nice bankai...Favorism

EDIT: Golde and I got it down to 100...>D

CONTEST MATCH-UPS!!!!

I like Poke'mon vs ~.:Northern Lights:.~

Senbonzaukra vs Eon Master

So... Me vs. Squad 8 Captain Senny, eh? I'd better study up on Senny's Zan if I want a chance. Also, when is this happening?

MasterCharizard15
10th January 2010, 3:14 AM
The Battle can happen when ever both people are on and ready to battle.

Or with your battle with Senny...I asumming its gonna be via VMs, battle they way we did, and then post the ENTIRE battle in the club, WHEN it FINNISHED.

NL and Ant might Will battle Via WLM...

Zameric
10th January 2010, 3:17 AM
after more than 6 bleachless weeks I have given up and started watching the subbed episodes and caught up(I was not waiting till summer!).kouga is byakuya's dad(speculation but i can prove it)Then after that I gave up and started reading the manga(that I have not caught up on).


What 2 characters should fight?
yachiru vs. yammy
just because you know who is going to win
Hello mario_fan. :)
I think it's pretty much assume that Kouga would be Byakuya's uncle.
That doesn't mess with the story line as much and I'm sure Byakuya's father would have been raised better than to go crazy, like Kouga sadly did.
If you're try to join, you need to go back and read the rules. I'm pretty sure you forgot something. ;p

Eon Master
10th January 2010, 3:18 AM
That works. We'll have to set up a time.
NL and Ant had better post their battle log as well.

Golde
10th January 2010, 4:29 AM
The early morning mist, mixed with the rising sun created a scene of tranquility over the Soul Society. Early risers were just starting to open their windows, but most were still asleep, trying to get as much sleep in before the start of the days work.

But, today was especially important for the Academy students; Today was graduation day.

Quite a few of the shinigami were already up, and many more were awakening. Most were extremely anxious and nervous, wondering if they passed after many long years of hard studies.

~~~

Jin Hunter was brushing his teeth, a tad bit worried about what was to come in the following hours.

He never really applied himself, even though he always seemed to excel.

But, will that be enough? He spat into the sink, and then gargled some water. Well, let’s hope so…he thought for a moment…wait, what am I worried about? I’ll do fine…

~~~

Kiyoko sat upright in bed, then looked out the window to her right. She got up, and prepared herself for the day. She brushed her teeth, then brushed her hair and tail, before grabbing her sword. She walked to the door.

Let’s hope they don’t try to put me in Squad 12, she thought as she shut her door and walked outside. For their sakes.

~~~

Ikyuzaisha Zachikukon had awoken early, and was already prepared. He had his face mask up, and his sword was sheathed at his side.

He was sitting on the roof of his house, staring into the morning sky.

All this training, he thought, all this practice, the kidou, the kendo, the studies, all for today.

With a sigh, he got up, taking in the early morning breeze. “It’s time.”

~~~

Now much later in the day, the afternoon sun high in the sky, the students were all gathered in the courtyards. On the podium, once again, stood the Sotaicho, Golde. He had before him a stack of papers.

Beside him; an old man. He was short, with a graying mustache, and a full head of brown and white hair. He was wearing shinigami robes, and was carrying a broom.

Surprisingly, for his age, he had a sturdy build and seemed to, physically, be the picture of perfect health.

Golde turned to the man. “You know, you didn’t have to come. I know how hard it is to get around.”

”Poppycock” He said. “I’m fine, you know that. And I love these kinds of things.”

”Whatever, gramps. Just be careful.”

”Yes, yes.” He laughed, obviously amused by his friend, who was worried for him.

A few other Captains managed to make it, as well. Yobou, having nothing else to do, decided to come. Golde’s good friend San, fresh out of the hospital, was also present. And, finally, not completely in plain sight, was the 7th Squad Captain, Shuujuu Shinin.

The large crowd chatted while waiting for the announcement. But, as soon as Sotaicho Golde raised his hands, a hush fell over the students.

“I see, again, that the school has taken drastic measures to improve the attire of the students, against my wishes, but that’s beside the point. I welcome each of you here today, and congratulate you for your hard work.

”Now, unfortunately, that doesn’t mean all of you will pass, and I hold in my hand, a list of those who have.” He cleared his throat. “I will now list them.”

“Mizuhashi Akira."

Mizuhashi put a hand on his chest, relieved...

"Madison Cardigan.”

”YES!”

”Hikari Forte. Amy Hoshiko. Jinchuuriki Hunter.”

Jin closed his eyes and breathed a sigh of relief. He did it.

“Dre Inase. Jordan Inferno."

Jordan and Dre high fived in the back, and Jordan punched the air.

"Kiyoko Okami. Jiyuu Omoi.”

If anyone were to have been looking at Jiyuu, they’d have seen a small smile escape his lips.

“Luppi,”

”GO LUPPI!” Madison screamed

”Rotrum.”

From the back of the crowd, Ikyuzaisha started to sweat a bit. Oh, how he hated having his name always called last, such unnecessary buildup…

“And, finally Ikyuzaisha Zachikukon.”

He breathed a sigh of relief. He grabbed the hilt of his sword. I did it.

“Now, without further adieu, those whose names were called, please come over toward me, please. The rest of you are excused.

Only about twenty students remained, which was simply astonishing, to be honest. A lot of slackers this year.

Golde faced the students. “You. Each and every one of you, you are the future leaders of the Soul Society. One day, it will be in each of your hands to protect both the Soul Society and the World of the Living from danger. I congratulate each of you for your spectacular performances so far, and welcome you to the Court Guard Squads, no matter what ranking you get. Now, finally, these forms…you must each fill out a form, which will lead to your placement. You must include everything on here. Obviously, include what Squad you’d like to be placed in. Unless you want us to pick.” He glanced around. “Well, konban wa, and I’ll be seeing each of you later.” With a smile, Golde turned, popped a jawbreaker, and walked off.


Golde walked up to Kiyoko Okami, who was just writing the “Three” on her form.

“Say, Kiyoko, mind coming with me for one second?”

”Um, sure. What is it?”

”There’s someone who has wanted to meet you, and, at risk of being seen, has decided to come today.”

They walked to the side of the stage, and, from behind, a tall, skinny man walked out. He had long, blonde hair.

But the most striking features were the ears and tail.

Now I know how everyone else must feel, she thought to herself. It’s just so…odd.

“Kiyoko, I’d like you to meet our own 7th Taicho, Shuujuu Shinnin.”

She was struck dumb for a moment, not just at the features so like her own, but by the fact that he was the 7th Taicho! This man hadn’t been seen by anyone in at least 10 years, except for the other Captains.

“It’s nice to meet you, Kiyoko,” He said, with an outstretched hand.

She shook it. “Amazing, it’s really you, then?”

He chuckled a bit. “Yes, it is me. I had confined myself to training and solitude, but I wanted to meet you myself.”

”It’s an honor.” She risked it. “If I may ask…”

”Of course, the features, no?” He stroked his ear. “It wasn’t quite as awful a story as yours, really. Simply stayed in shikai too long.” He laughed. He obviously didn’t realize how little he had told her.

“Well,” said Golde, interrupting, “The both of us have a lot of work to do, Kiyoko, as you can imagine. But, so do you. Please excuse us.”

”Wait one moment, please, Sotaicho-sama.”

”I’ll just be a moment, Shuujuu,” he said, before the 7th Taicho departed. “What is it?”

”Well, I don’t understand, why did he want to meet me? Was it just the wolf features?”

”Well, I’m sure that was a part of it, but, no. To be honest, many Captains have been watching you for quite some time. You don’t understand just how big a part you played in the Soul Society. People tend to want to meet someone like that. Candy?”

”No thank you.”

”Ok, then. Take care.” He turned on his heel and departed, leaving her confused.

~~~

The young woman stepped to the man in the pure white mask. She got on one knee, bowing.

“Tch,” He looked straight at her, or, more specifically, her mask. His golden eyes were piercing. “You’ve failed. Against someone of his stature? How can I trust you again?”

She was silent.

He sighed. “I’m going to give you one more chance, Ok?”

She nodded.

“I’ve heard there’s supposed to be a ‘graduation party’ at the Academy, later. Your mission is as follows; kill as many students as possible. Do you think you can handle that?”

Another nod.

“Get out of my sight.”

~~~

Jin was bubbly.

He began to think. Bubbly, bubbly, bubble. Rubble, Trouble, Double…what else rhymes with bubbly?

Jin normally wasn’t the kind to drink, but, hey, you only graduate once.

The school was now home to a very large party, hosting graduates and friends. And sake was served.

Jordan Inferno was leaning against a corner in a “cool” way, drinking a glass of sake. Luppi and Madison were chatting it up by a table. Rotrum was in the middle of the party, chatting it up with some girl, who seemed almost too scared to leave. The party was live, but many teachers were present, to keep people in line.

The party lasted well into the night. There weren’t complaints, those students deserved it.

“Hey, guys, I’m going home,” said Amy Hoshiko.

“You sure?” asked Kiyoko, a slight bit tipsy.

“Yeah.”

”See ya!” Yelled Luppi, leaning on Madison.

“Bye…” said Hikari, who was quite a bit drunk.

“Bye.” Amy stepped out the door. She brushed back her long, brown hair, taking in the night air.

She opened here eyes, and in her peripheral vision she saw movement. Grabbing her hilt, she slowly moved towards the alley.

“Who’s there?” She hadn’t had much to drink, and, unlike those party-hardy shingami still there, she could walk.

There was no answer.

She turned the corner, drawing her blade.

“Nyaa!”

She sighed. Nothing but a cat. She bent down, and scratched its ear.

She almost missed it. Quickly sidestepping, a chakram flew past her.

“Crap!” What was that? She turned, and saw a figure running toward her.

She drew her sword, and defended, just as three steel claws shot out. The claws pierced her skin just slightly, cutting three small gashed through her outfit. A small bit of blood leaked out.

Quickly jumping back, she held her sword ahead of her. “Unari, Tori-Okami!”

Her shikai appeared, and she was ready. Her sword was now two, each ending in a fishhook-like blade.

“Aoi Shikon!” She said, plunging one of her swords into the ground. Luckily, she caught her foe off guard. The woman slipped, and had to use her claws to catch herself, before jumping high, over Amy, and retrieving her Chakram.

Her chakram glowed slightly. This time, when she threw the chakram, it stopped in midair, still spinning. It seemed to be creating a small tornado…that was sucking Amy in!

Amy plunged one of her swords in the ground, but the wind was fierce and painful. From the blade, ice shot up from the ground under the spinning chakram, It didn’t do much at all, the ice was shattered on contact.

The wind was fierce, boxes and newspapers flew into the cyclone. She had to duck to avoid a trashcan. This ice wasn’t doing much at all. Then she saw, from within the small storm, black now from the dirt and grime of the alley, the chakram was spinning at an odd angle. Another ice pillar shot from the ground, knocking the chakram completely off balance, sending it flying into a wall.

Amy sighed a sigh of relief, but to soon. Three claws emerged, as if from nowhere, plunging into Amy’s side.

She collapsed, she wasn’t right to be fighting now…she just hoped…

The woman withdrew her claws, grabbed her chakram, and walked to the academy. She could easily take out all the students, she had the element of surprise.

The woman opened the door, and, staring back, were twenty-or-so students, shikai’s released.

All aimed at her.

She stood, gawking back. They had the element of surprise.

The resulting attacks were about the same as if they had shoved a stick or two of dynamite down her throat.

~~~

“Sweet freaking Jesus.” San clutched his forehead, a lit cigarette in his mouth. “They could have left her with some recognizable features, or, you know, something that could tell us she was human or something.”

The massive bloodstain covered a majority of the room, and quite a few spots outside, seeing as how the wall was gone now.

“Hey, don’t blame ‘em, they were drunk, remember?” Golde said, bending down to inspect what looked like a bone.

“Yeah, and I guess if it wasn’t for that Miss Hoshiko, they’d have never known. Guess it was lucky she sent out a high level of reishi before she passed out.”

”Yeah, how’s she doing?”

”Heh, funny trick that one Mister Akira has, he apparently cleaned the alcohol from his body, so he could work on Amy sober.”

”That’s just hilarious.”

”Well, best report this, Captain.” San said, and he turned and left

~~~

The Taichos were seated, along with the Fukutaichos, today.

“Hello, again, everyone. There are serious matters we must deal with

”Last night, the graduation party at the academy was cut short, after an attack on Miss Hoshiko, who, I am happy to say, is fine now, resting up at the hospital. Before being severely wounded, however, she managed to alert those at the party, who went on the offensive and…took care of the intruder. So, unfortunately, we did not have the chance to tale the attacker in for questioning. Needless to say, we don’t know whether she acted alone, or is part of something larger.”

”If new information is acquired, we will inform each of you. Thank you.”

@EOn yeah. I'm looking forward to watching all the battles. But hey, tell me and the other judges when you start, m'kay? XD

arceus03
10th January 2010, 3:12 PM
Mizuhashi, gotta love the chapter, man. And I think I've got the voice figured out :3 And unfortunately that last part kinda messes with an idea I had :P That's alright, it was tentative anyway.

8D
You did? ohshi-
What idea did you have? XD


@Arc, well, there's not much to say... Jon is really cute X3 I really like his and Zam's relationship.
You should've used Edelina.

@Edelina, wow, 9 chapters already? And 20 left till NEW ones? Anyway... Takai seems like a VERY interesting character so far...


I just saw Edelina after I posted that, IIRC. Or maybe not XP


@ANT

You get a 1000 mile radius?

-I got yelled at for having a 100 mile radius.


O.o Now you make me wanna have a 100 mile radius bankai as well XD
Better not though. You'll be drowned as soon as it's released


kouga is byakuya's dad(speculation but i can prove it)


Prove it. XD



So... Me vs. Squad 8 Captain Senny, eh? I'd better study up on Senny's Zan if I want a chance. Also, when is this happening?

He was gonna change it, IIRC. You might want to confirm this with him first.
Just saying =P



If you're try to join, you need to go back and read the rules. I'm pretty sure you forgot something. ;p

He's a member O.o
Or he was, can't really remember >.<
Has he rejoined yet on this new club? XP

Northern Lights
10th January 2010, 3:24 PM
I like Poke'mon vs ~.:Northern Lights:.~

Oh bugger. seriously, nice. ... >.> *Ryookami face palms*

I guess we'd better revise each others Zanpaktous carefully - also no randomly making up attacks unless you can give a plausible explanation if you please.

Zameric
10th January 2010, 4:55 PM
He's a member O.o
Or he was, can't really remember >.<
Has he rejoined yet on this new club? XP
mario_fan was a member of the first bleach club but has yet to properly join this one.




Oh bugger. seriously, nice. ... >.> *Ryookami face palms*

I guess we'd better revise each others Zanpaktous carefully - also no randomly making up attacks unless you can give a plausible explanation if you please.
Haha, good luck to the both of you. ;p


Rotrum told me to mention that he is going to participate in the Battle Contest.

kusari
10th January 2010, 10:50 PM
hey guys. sorry i've been gone so long. i've been in the hospital since new years day and this is my first time getting to a computer.
i was driving home from a new years eve party-i was alone and sober-and as i was going through a four way intersection-it was my turn to go-a truck hit my rear driver side door. my car spun and flipped and ended up on the roof. i ended up in the hospital with three broken ribs and a broken left leg. they said one of the ribs scraped my lung and they thought there may have been damage so they decided to keep me here until this coming wednesday and then i'll be layed up in my house.

MasterCharizard15
11th January 2010, 1:59 AM
hey guys. sorry i've been gone so long. i've been in the hospital since new years day and this is my first time getting to a computer.
i was driving home from a new years eve party-i was alone and sober-and as i was going through a four way intersection-it was my turn to go-a truck hit my rear driver side door. my car spun and flipped and ended up on the roof. i ended up in the hospital with three broken ribs and a broken left leg. they said one of the ribs scraped my lung and they thought there may have been damage so they decided to keep me here until this coming wednesday and then i'll be layed up in my house.

Wow...i'm glad your okay....welcome back.


Rotrum told me to mention that he is going to participate in the Battle Contest.
YES! I"LL PERSONALLY ENTER AND DESTORY HIM! MAHAHAHAHAHAHA!!!
Okay...Muffin will battle Rotrum...Screw that I'm going to kill him!!
Unless he wants to judge...then i'll do it! >D

Eon Master
11th January 2010, 2:13 AM
@Kusari: Holy... Wow, that's rough. Glad you're not dead.

@MC: why not set me up against rotrum? My Zan counters his

Senbonzakura
11th January 2010, 3:33 AM
Is there manga this week?

And @Eon you sound like you wanna fight someone else! You scared? :p

im gonna brush up on my kido skills lol

Zameric
11th January 2010, 5:40 AM
@ kusari
You should be on that show, "I Shouldn't Be Alive." xD
But seriously, it's good to see that you are well enough to sign on and let us know. I hope you make a full recovery soon. :)

Ok, so I was wrong. mario_fan has asked to join the club before (even posting zachiru).
But a certain Captain-Commander never added him the the members list. I am sorry mario_fan.

@ Senny
There was no manga this week. :(
There was an anime epsiode though. A rather awesome episode I think. ;p

Senbonzakura
11th January 2010, 7:12 AM
@Zam: i mean like will there be one this week not last.

and omg offtopic but i hate ate hate working out now D:

on topic: umm @ cereal topic umm idk oh em gee i think this is a good answer but like maybe its because im delirious from heat but shunsui's fave cereal is alcopops. hahah sad i know

Da14u.C
11th January 2010, 12:03 PM
It IS like Aizen, I think.
Didn't Kouga said that he was able to control senses?

And yeah, the Kido battle was awesome XD
From that flashback, that's the 3rd time (IIRC) Senbonzakura's mask shattered. You think he has an ample amount of those masks somewhere? Maybe in the underground cavern...

And when Yamamoto's Ryuuji Jakka burned the whole cave, I bet he was like "My mask noooooo" [/random]

And no matter how many times I see it, I still get elated when Byakuya goes bankai. It's just... awesome. X3

And I just noticed this, but apparently Rukia is now _very_ skilled at her Kidou she didn't need to chant for a level 63 (or 73 in the anime) destructive spell?

And (another and XD) the way Ishida pranced around.... It's hilarious XD



You're going already? =(
When will you be back? =D

And yay, we are of one mind XD
I want to see what she is _really_ capable of.
Well, apart from that death glare she has XD
In april :)

hey ILP, i could so whoop your bankai :)

hey, just for the record, i wanna throw it out there, we squad 12 people have the most awesomely dramatic release commands.... (just throwing that out there)

oh and ILP, did you know your zanpakto has the same name as a sword on D.Gray-Man (cool-eh?)


after more than 6 bleachless weeks I have given up and started watching the subbed episodes and caught up(I was not waiting till summer!).kouga is byakuya's dad(speculation but i can prove it)Then after that I gave up and started reading the manga(that I have not caught up on).


What 2 characters should fight?
yachiru vs. yammy
just because you know who is going to win

i dont know you but i agree!

it is 5:30am and I am so psyched for uni to start that i couldnt sleep so meh, serebii :D hehe

arceus03
11th January 2010, 3:15 PM
hey guys. sorry i've been gone so long. i've been in the hospital since new years day and this is my first time getting to a computer.
i was driving home from a new years eve party-i was alone and sober-and as i was going through a four way intersection-it was my turn to go-a truck hit my rear driver side door. my car spun and flipped and ended up on the roof. i ended up in the hospital with three broken ribs and a broken left leg. they said one of the ribs scraped my lung and they thought there may have been damage so they decided to keep me here until this coming wednesday and then i'll be layed up in my house.

Ohhh >.<
Get well soon. =)



YES! I"LL PERSONALLY ENTER AND DESTORY HIM! MAHAHAHAHAHAHA!!!


You should battle me. XD



hey, just for the record, i wanna throw it out there, we squad 12 people have the most awesomely dramatic release commands.... (just throwing that out there)

it is 5:30am and I am so psyched for uni to start that i couldnt sleep so meh, serebii :D hehe

Poison, though, poison. An easy meat for Tsukibana XD

You are so psyched for uni to start? Weird XD

Ah.... I miss Unohana already =(
I kept imagining her drawing her Zanpakto readying herself to fight >.<

Northern Lights
11th January 2010, 5:23 PM
Kusari; damn, see? this is why i don't want to drive - i hope you recover well and there are no cmplications

Guys, if im inactive it's because ym computer has a very nasty virus thats prevents me from doing anything, i'm using my Dad's computer to notify people =[

Sorry ILP, but our battle will have to wait.

Eon Master
11th January 2010, 10:00 PM
@Eon you sound like you wanna fight someone else! You scared? :p

Nope, I've already got a strategy figured out to beat you. I know your Zanpaktou's weakness, and I've made a strategy that negates the fact that your Zan's powers negate mine.
In fact, it's quite the opposite. I'm itching for a battle.

kusari
11th January 2010, 10:26 PM
thx everyone. this'll be the last time i post until this weekend or next week.

@EOn: thx for the pleasent message of not being dead. can't say the same for the car.

@Zam: i'd love to be on tv but i can say there's probably people out there that have had worse things happen.

@NL: you don't need to be afraid of driving just don't drive New Year's Eve when all the drunks are out.

oh and before i forget i'll need something to do while i'm laid up, so i'm gonna write a fanfic. if anyone wants to be called something other than they're user name just put it in your next post and i'll check the next time i'm on.

-Kusari...out!

rotrum
11th January 2010, 10:31 PM
Proably my only post in a whiel since i am still behind on the manga.

I can't wait until the battles start, does anyone aorund thing they can defeat Yuki Sendou and I?

Having speed at the ability to kill and slow others down at the same time is a deadly combination, and I'll be studying up on Kidou and others zanpakutou.

Btw, when are the first natched starting.

Lastly, Late welcomes to anyone who has joined that I missed.

Eon Master
11th January 2010, 10:39 PM
Proably my only post in a whiel since i am still behind on the manga.

Ah, so that's why.


I can't wait until the battles start, does anyone aorund thing they can defeat Yuki Sendou and I?

Me. My Zan can directly counter all of your powers.


Having speed at the ability to kill and slow others down at the same time is a deadly combination, and I'll be studying up on Kidou and others zanpakutou.

Sounds like the move Icy Wind to me, lol. Probably wise.


Btw, when are the first natched starting.

I'll probably be facing Senny in the next few days. NL and ILP will be taking longer, b/c NL's comp has a virus.


Lastly, Late welcomes to anyone who has joined that I missed.

Thanks. 3rd seat of Squad 6, Eon Master; at your service.

Senbonzakura
11th January 2010, 11:06 PM
hahahah well im coming up with some stratergies myself. although unfourtunately my zan makes me think scientifically on my holiday :(


and get well soon kurasiiii (late)

and wow that sucks NL S: well i hope it gets fixed soon!

woo hoo spoilers tomorrow and sub =D

rotrum
11th January 2010, 11:13 PM
Looking at your znapkautou specifically Eon, it almsotl ooksl ike you attempted to make my zanpakutou the exact opposite.

And acutaly I wasn't here cause i was in the RP section

Eon I have a WHOLE bunch of tricks up my sleeves, I didn't list all of the ideas for attacks i thoguht of in my zanpakutou form.

But here is one thing, even if you can break my daggars; If i placed thme a the mount of your defensive zone, the ice coudl join togather and under and freeze you from below just like Ishida tried to kill Szayel with.

Also, my zan was originalyl meant to have absolute deense, but i changed it midway to attack. So YS will do pretty well against you.

And if you get rrealyl difficult I coudl use Absolute Zero and just finsih you with that (last case scenario to anyone who thinks thats cheap.)

And for your lightning Fire Storm thing, I have a coupel tricks up my sleeve that might over power it.

And thats only around half of my hand.

I wonder who I shall fight first..

Eon Master
11th January 2010, 11:22 PM
hahahah well im coming up with some stratergies myself. although unfourtunately my zan makes me think scientifically on my holiday :(

I'm looking forward to it:D
Me and my 206 IQ, that is.


Looking at your znapkautou specifically Eon, it almsotl ooksl ike you attempted to make my zanpakutou the exact opposite.

Nope. that's MC I created my Zan to operate off of Ultrasonic Vibrations. An Ice Zan like yours is cannon fodder, but there are a lot like that case in point Infernou Ryuu


And acutaly I wasn't here cause i was in the RP section

Ok.


Eon I have a WHOLE bunch of tricks up my sleeves, I didn't list all of the ideas for attacks i thoguht of in my zanpakutou form.

Same applies here. I have a large number of attack variants.


But here is one thing, even if you can break my daggars; If i placed thme a the mount of your defensive zone, the ice coudl join togather and under and freeze you from below just like Ishida tried to kill Szayel with.

Except then I could focus the ultrasonic vibrations through my body and shatter the ice. Plus, you don't seriously think that's the only way I fight, do you? I'd see it coming.


Also, my zan was originalyl meant to have absolute deense, but i changed it midway to attack. So YS will do pretty well against you.

Mine basically does. The only Zan that can properly counter it is Senny's, which is why you won't see that power when I fight Senny.


And if you get rrealyl difficult I coudl use Absolute Zero and just finsih you with that (last case scenario to anyone who thinks thats cheap.)

And I could create a vacuum and just watch while you suffocate. Also cheap, so much so that I'd never resort to it.


And for your lightning Fire Storm thing, I have a coupel tricks up my sleeve that might over power it.

As I have tricks to counter you up my sleeves ;)


And thats only around half of my hand.

And you think I've laid out my had in full? Not even close.


I wonder who I shall fight first..

I'm pretty sure you're supposed to fight Saph, the Squad 6 Liuteniant.

I like Pokemon (...)
11th January 2010, 11:54 PM
Wow, Kusari, I really hope you get well soon.
Yes, I know he won't read this for a LONG time.


hey ILP, i could so whoop your bankai :)
Ha! We'll have to see about that.


oh and ILP, did you know your zanpakto has the same name as a sword on D.Gray-Man (cool-eh?)

It does o.O
I don't even watch D.Gray-Man.


Sorry ILP, but our battle will have to wait.

That's fine~ It'll give me more time to study up on Kidou and your Zan.


XD All this talk about "My Zan is a perfect counter to ****" is making me think of competetive Pokemon battling.

Golde
12th January 2010, 12:58 AM
A light snow covered the entirety of the Soul Society. It was beautiful, and had been untouched by the residents.

Many of the people living on this street had their Christmas trees set up, and could be seen shining brightly through the windows.

The night was cold, only one person was on the streets at this hour. The Sotaicho, Golde.

He walked through the snow, admiring the beauty of it. He glanced around at the wreaths hung on the doors, he glanced through the windows, admiring the trees layered with tinsel, ornaments, and lights, and also at the many lights hung over the doorways and windows. The town was surprisingly bright for nighttime.

But he was really looking forward to the musical.

A candy-cane dangled from his mouth. This was the only time of year he had these, it made it all the more better when he unwrapped that first one…he looked up towards the beautiful dark sky, covered with thick clouds. So much so that you couldn’t even see the clouds, just grayness.

The first snowfall of the year was always a wonderful time. He looked back ahead, looking at the huge, puffy snowflakes falling from the heavens. He removed the candy-cane and stuck out his tongue, catching a half-inch wide snowflake.

“This is such a wonderful time of year,” he mumbled, half to himself, half to his sword, Zachiru.

He had always wondered why he was never cold, even when the snow reached his knees. But he had no complaints. He started to eat the candy cane again.

Around the corner, somewhat of an eyesore, he saw the recently destroyed South wall of the Academy.

He walked from the South to East entrance, running his fingertips across the stone wall as he did.

He entered through the East door, and he was instantly hit with a rush of warm hair, messing up his hair, blowing it in front of his entire face.

He brushed it back as he walked through the room. He was greeted by everyone there, but he didn’t dawdle too long; after grabbing a large pitcher of eggnog, he walked into another room, and up several flights of stairs.

He walked into another room, a private seat overlooking a large stage. The stage had been decorated in green and red, and above was covered in silver tinsel, so much so that Golde could clearly see it from as far away as he was.

~~~

It was a few minutes before the grand auditorium started to fill. Golde had gone through at least a gallon of eggnog.

The class stepped up on stage. They formed three rows, and each person was draped in formal robes.

The crowd was silent, then…

Music began to play and the students began to sing. A wonderful melody spread through the room.

Carol of the Bells, thought Golde, listening to the simple but intense melody.

The crowd was silent; nothing but the sounds of this season could be heard.

Gaily they ring, while people sing
Songs of good cheer, christmas is here!
Merry, merry, merry, merry christmas!
Merry, merry, merry, merry christmas!

~~~

The beautiful song lasted for another few minutes, where they proceeded to play another four songs, including “The Twelve Days of Christmas” and, on a lighter note, “Jingle Bell Rock”.

When they finished their performance, each student bowed, and each row walked offstage. The audience roared with applause.

Golde stood and applauded, it was a wonderful performance.

~~~

Golde walked slowly through the town. He was still in awe of the beautiful town, and was humming “Carol of the Bells” in his head.

He slowly walked back toward his office, a candy-cane still hanging from his mouth.



hey guys. sorry i've been gone so long. i've been in the hospital since new years day and this is my first time getting to a computer.
i was driving home from a new years eve party-i was alone and sober-and as i was going through a four way intersection-it was my turn to go-a truck hit my rear driver side door. my car spun and flipped and ended up on the roof. i ended up in the hospital with three broken ribs and a broken left leg. they said one of the ribs scraped my lung and they thought there may have been damage so they decided to keep me here until this coming wednesday and then i'll be layed up in my house.

OH NO MAN >< *Hug* I hope you feel better soon, guy. How ya feeling now?



Okay...Muffin will battle Rotrum...Screw that I'm going to kill him!!
Unless he wants to judge...then i'll do it! >D

Ok, here's how I see it.

First Round

NL vs. Ant \\\ Senny vs. Eon \\\ Rotrum vs. Muffin

Second Round

The winner of one of the rounds will sit out, allowing the other two to duke it out. Once the first three are finished (or someone doesn't show) I'll pick a name from DMG's hat again and figure who'll sit out.

Third Round

The final battle for the first Bleach Battle Tournament Thing


Is there manga this week?


I think so, I'm pretty sure the second to last manga was a double issue, which would've meant no Bleach next week, but the first manga of the year liek, mysteriously appeared. Which means two weeks of no Bleach. Soooo...I'm pretty sure we can expect it on Thursday/Friday.


@ kusari
You should be on that show, "I Shouldn't Be Alive." xD


I'm pretty sure that's just with animals, no?




oh and before i forget i'll need something to do while i'm laid up, so i'm gonna write a fanfic. if anyone wants to be called something other than they're user name just put it in your next post and i'll check the next time i'm on.

-Kusari...out!

I'm good with Golde. But, I also go by Ed Log. Either/Or/Both is fine.


Proably my only post in a whiel since i am still behind on the manga.


Rotrum, ya gotta be at least a little more active. Otherwise I'll hafta demote you.



I don't even watch D.Gray-Man.




Ah, Mugen. Mugen was amazing. It had 3 stages.

The first, Yu Kanda, the owner, swung the sword, releasing these odd looking demons.

The second, a second sword looking more like an illusion came from the hilt of the real sword. Both were powerful.

I don't remember the third well, except that it shortened his life, and there was that attack where his sword shattered, and he used all the pieces for one major final attack. It was badass.

Guys, I'm gonna hafta do the thing where I check peoples activeness soon~

I like Pokemon (...)
12th January 2010, 1:37 AM
oh and before i forget i'll need something to do while i'm laid up, so i'm gonna write a fanfic. if anyone wants to be called something other than they're user name just put it in your next post and i'll check the next time i'm on.
Didn't see that >.> Ryuu Schiffer (if Ulquiorra is in the story, though, change Schiffer to Shiffa).

Second Round

The winner of one of the rounds will sit out, allowing the other two to duke it out. Once the first three are finished (or someone doesn't show) I'll pick a name from DMG's hat again and figure who'll sit out.

Third Round

The final battle for the first Bleach Battle Tournament Thing

Err.. Okay, so out of the winners of the first round, one person will randomly be chosen to move straight to the third round and the other 2 will duke it out in the second round? That seems a bit unfair...

If I may suggest an alternative, perhaps having a point system, almost. So there are 3 battles (A vs B, A vs C and B vs C) and depending on their win:loss ratio, the 2 with the most wins go to the final round.
Though now that I think about it, it seems somewhat redundant, because then the two that will go to round 3 have already fought in round 2. And we also get the problem of if all of them have the same win:loss ratio.




I think so, I'm pretty sure the second to last manga was a double issue, which would've meant no Bleach next week, but the first manga of the year liek, mysteriously appeared. Which means two weeks of no Bleach. Soooo...I'm pretty sure we can expect it on Thursday/Friday.

So it's likely to be on Friday 8D?

Golde
12th January 2010, 3:06 AM
Err.. Okay, so out of the winners of the first round, one person will randomly be chosen to move straight to the third round and the other 2 will duke it out in the second round? That seems a bit unfair...

Yeah, in a way it is, but a lot of times that's what happen when you have an odd number of people. But that's just my suggestion from what I've seen.

It works a little better when there's a lot of people.


If I may suggest an alternative, perhaps having a point system, almost. So there are 3 battles (A vs B, A vs C and B vs C) and depending on their win:loss ratio, the 2 with the most wins go to the final round.
Though now that I think about it, it seems somewhat redundant, because then the two that will go to round 3 have already fought in round 2. And we also get the problem of if all of them have the same win:loss ratio.

Not a terrible idea at all...but I see the possible problems...may I propose a vote for all participating members?


So it's likely to be on Friday 8D?

I...believe so...

MasterCharizard15
12th January 2010, 3:07 AM
>D

@Rotrum

Your zanpaktou can't defeat me...ever. No matter what trick you have, I can and will destory you in battle. I'm so strong that only 2 or 3 people here actually WANT to fight me...my skills are on a whole another level than yours. The ONLY person who can challenge me is Golde...AND SOON HE WILL FALL TOO!

@EON

I still can deafeat your bankai...
Rotrum cheats is a tough foe, show no mercy...AT ALL.

@Dac

My zanpaktou is more awesome and can beat you.

@Ant
Look at my comment for Dac.

@~NL~
Wow...well I hope your computer is back to normal soon.

@Golde
Let me go on a massive club beatdown mission!
A Round Robin seems more fair...the person who loses twice is out.
Or...arceus03 could judge and if Zam would Fight me...

Eon Master
12th January 2010, 3:30 AM
The ONLY person who can challenge me is Golde...AND SOON HE WILL FALL TOO!

And me. I forced us to a draw. Even though you still had a weapon and would have won, I did manage to make you use full power and almost all of your tricks. If I could control Funmuki properly, you'd have lost.


@EON

I still can deafeat your bankai...
Rotrum cheats is a tough foe, show no mercy...AT ALL.

Barely
I know Have you ever known me to show mercy? To anyone?


@Golde
Let me go on a massive club beatdown mission!
A Round Robin seems more fair...the person who loses twice is out.
Or...arceus03 could judge and if Zam would Fight me...

I second the round robin idea. That at least gives me a fair shot, seeing as my Zan is uselss against Senny, at least in Shikai state.

Zameric
12th January 2010, 5:28 AM
oh and before i forget i'll need something to do while i'm laid up, so i'm gonna write a fanfic. if anyone wants to be called something other than they're user name just put it in your next post and i'll check the next time i'm on.

-Kusari...out!
Well that's kind of what the fanfic profile are for. You can find them on squad pages.
But if you're too lazy for that, I go by Zameric Hanako.


Wow, it seems to be heating up in here with anticipation for battles. xD

arceus03
12th January 2010, 3:11 PM
^Hanako........
XDDD



oh and before i forget i'll need something to do while i'm laid up, so i'm gonna write a fanfic. if anyone wants to be called something other than they're user name just put it in your next post and i'll check the next time i'm on.

-Kusari...out!

Mizuhashi Akira! :D


>D

The ONLY person who can challenge me is Golde...AND SOON HE WILL FALL TOO!

@Golde
Let me go on a massive club beatdown mission!

You haven't commented on me
But rly, LOGICALLY, water beats fire =D

And Dac, too.... However skilled you are, I don't think countering 100 clones alone, let alone with the poison it secretes.... is actually an achievable feat. ;P


It has a poison capable of causing extreme pain, while it does not kill, the pain can be compared to that of breaking a bone, and if someone is stabbed enough times, it can cause them to go mad with the mind numbing pain.

And don't you think that's a bit too far? In the manga, nobody was ever so brave as to try and outdo the General Commander... :p

Well yeah, aside from that one omake when they said that it's preferable to be destroyed by Yamamoto's bankai rather than get on Unohana's bad side.... XP

And we still have the oars to rely upon... *oar'd*

And whatever you do, DON'T go on a massive club beatdown mission. Or else you'll find, er, electricity, elemental attacks, water, time, space, ultrasonic vobrations, poison, fire, ice, plants, and whoever knows what else aimed at you.... XP

I dunno about being a judge... I'm not very good with these sort of things >.<

I agree about the Round Robin system, though. =D

Seeing Eon and Rotrum talking about cheap attacks made me do this-

What is your ultimate cheapest attack?
Mine.... Drowning people up I guess XD
Or to see them actually suffer, by destroying their organs like Szayel. >D

invaderdim
12th January 2010, 4:14 PM
get weel soon kusari!!! >.<
as you guys can tell i ahvent been on in a while, but i will check here every day if possible, im having c/w problems n stuffd so i wont get much spare time
and what's this tournament you guys are talking about?

arceus03
12th January 2010, 4:28 PM
get weel soon kusari!!! >.<
as you guys can tell i ahvent been on in a while, but i will check here every day if possible, im having c/w problems n stuffd so i wont get much spare time
and what's this tournament you guys are talking about?

It's a battle contest XD
This was planned in the old club long ago, but only gets run now.

It's what the others have said pretty much - battling. (RPG style, I guess). Via the VM on this site or on MSN (for those who have MSN). Why, are you thinking of joining? XD Goes like,

Contestant 1 : *shunpoes behind, strikes with zan*
Contestant 2 : *blocks zan strike, uses Hadou #4*

So yeah, you get the general picture.... >.>

So far, there are 6 participants, and 3 judges.

invaderdim
12th January 2010, 4:38 PM
nah, i dont think ill join... this one... *insert evil face here*
and i doubt i'll have the time, got exams next week T_T

Northern Lights
12th January 2010, 5:36 PM
Can i just say - thank the powers that be for System Restore ... phew~
First the virus wouldn't let me do anything, i couldnt even use my Antivirus program to get rid of it &#172;_&#172;

I see one garingly big hole in this Battle thing, and reminded me why iv'e never been involved in one before - people just avoid the attacks everytime. =.=; i'm usually too lenient, although it was fun in the Bishie Battle Thread.

All of my Squad is active i believe - well done guys =D party?

I like Pokemon (...)
12th January 2010, 9:40 PM
What is your ultimate cheapest attack?
Simple. Use the effects of Ivory to make time move so quickly for me, before you can blink, I've already decapitated you >D
Buuuut I won't do that. Often

I also agree on the Round Robin, that'll surely be interesting...

Golde
13th January 2010, 4:15 AM
Time has passed since the woman's death

~~~

It had been a few weeks since the “incident” at graduation. The wall had been repaired, and there was almost no blood on the streets.

The students had been assigned to their squads, most had been accepted into the ones they desired, and almost everything was fine in the Soul Society.

Few of the students had been seated, but among them was Mizuhashi Akira, having proven himself time and time again, managed to achieve 3rd seat right off the bat. And because of how few people were in Squad 4, he was accepted with open arms.

Kiyoko Okami was also accepted into Squad 3; the 3rd Taicho had taking a liking to her after Las Vegas. She barely achieved Rank 5, but everyone was still surprised that a newly graduated shinigami could achieve that high of a rank in such a crowded squad. Squad 12 offered to seat her without the official testing, but she refused, and they promptly backed away.

Most of the others weren’t actually seated, but the Captains had high expectations for them all. Most thought there was a good chance that most would be seated by next year’s end.

It would certainly be an interesting year…

~~~

The forest was covered with fresh snow. About an inch of it covered the entirety of the area.

In the forest, a few gray squirrels scurried around, scavenging for food and play fighting.

One of the squirrels head popped up, then another, and another. They quickly changed their attitude and ran for their tree.

Around the base of a large oak, a gray mist started to appear, and within it, a light green swirl.

From this mysterious gaseous area, came a head.

The man wore a mask, black, with a green swirl similar to what he had just emerged from painted on it. He had long, thick black hair and was fair skinned.

The portal grew, and he stepped completely through it.

He stared out at the buildings of the Soul Society, his long, dark coat billowing in the breeze.

“It is going to be an interesting day, huh?” said a mysterious woman, also emerging from the portal. She wore a black shirt with a red overcoat, with many black straps coming across her chest, holding her coat together. She had short, brown hair and, like her partner, wore a mask. Her mask was red, with white stripes running down either side of the mask, and a red area on the forehead.

“Indeed,” said the man, sheathing his sword. “I still don’t understand why we had to wait so long after Hana’s failure.”

”When has he ever made sense?” She responded, leaning against a tree. “So, when did he say we move in?”

…He turned back toward the Soul Society. “Tonight.”

“Excellent.”

~~~

Two bokutos struck.

“You’re good, Jin,” said Ikyuzaisha, raising his sword again.

“As are you…” He responded, holding his sword down.

Smack, smack...two more hits…

The two were training, and had been in this duel for about 45 minutes. They were wiped, but were still at it.

Jin dashed, struck high, then spun; coming at Ikyuzaisha’s left side. He sidestepped, and then struck at Jin’s shoulder…

~~~

Madison Cardigan and Luppi were chatting it up while walking down the street. They were on patrol, looking for anything that needed their services in the suburbs.

They laughed heartedly as they walked down the street. This was a good way to kinda relax after a hard day of training which, contrary to popular belief, they did quite often. The two women looked small compared to their fellow Squad 11 members, but could easily handle most of their fellow teammates.

~~~

Amy Hoshiko awoke in her room. She had taken a nap, and was now feeling quite refreshed. She looked down at her arm, still bandaged from the previous week. She was glad that she managed to “save the day” in a way, but was still a little disappointed in herself for not being able to defeat the woman.

Even the constant assurances of the Captains didn’t cheer her up. It was true that that shinigami did have much more experience than she did, and it showed that she had a lot of skill for her age, but she was still a tad depressed.

~~~

“Hyah!”

Jordan Inferno slashed a tree. This tree was at least 20 feet around, and was the one he often trained with. It showed; the tree’s base was white from the strikes it had taken from Jordan’s sword.

His arms were sore; he didn’t have much to do. Shinigami of this rank weren’t often assigned missions, they were either left to train or they could take up weak, grunt missions. They could also patrol.

But he much preferred training. He slashed again. Ever since that day, he vowed to prove himself to the Soul Society.

“Hyah!”

~~~

Rotrum stood on the edge of the Soul Society. He was training his Shunpo…

3. He was counting backward in his head. 2. He bent down, one hand on the ground, one foot in front of the other. 1. His entire body clenched.

Go.

Where he was, nothing was left but a cloud of smoke.

He reappeared about twenty or so feet off the ground, on the other side of the Soul Society, just ten seconds later.

“Dammit!” He mumbled, landing and collapsing. “Exhausted…”

As rotrum lay on the ground, completely exhausted and incapable of movement, he looked up to see a looming, shadowy figure. The dark silhouette stood for only a second, before bending down and offering an outstretched hand.

~~~

The sun was starting to set. The clouds were a brilliant pink, with a soft blue background in the horizon.

From the south side of the Soul Society opened a portal, and from it stepped the masked duo.

They were unseen, a special trick they developed to avoid citizens. They adjusted their spiritual pressure to form an orb around them projecting images of their surroundings.. It was something unique, but wouldn’t work for a second against a ranked member.

The woman drew her sword; golden, with black stripes all down it.

“Almost ready, Iki?” She asked.

“Yes, Medusa, I’m ready.” He held his sword up. The bottom half was normal, but about one-third of the blade was straight. The rest turned violently and formed a crooked swirl.

They headed toward the gates.

~~~

Two low ranked shinigami were laughing in front of the seventh squad gate.

In just a second, both had been decapitated.

From the darkness stepped the duo, Medusa Ame and Iki Isou.

“Nice, now, let’s go.” Medusa said, slowly opening the door.

~~~

Jordan Inferno awoke with a start. He had finally gotten to sleep, but thought he heard something. He opened his window, and saw two shadowy figures. They stepped out from the shadows and quickly yet silently killed 3 guards. Then the bloodied corpses mysteriously disappeared.

He cursed under his breath. He turned, grabbed his zanpaktou, and ran out.

~~~

Medusa separated the head and left shoulder from the torso of a female guard, and Iki teleported the body elsewhere.

“Great job. Who’d a thought that the Soul Society would have such weak defenses?”

”Agreed,” said the tall man, “This is almost too easy.”

“HEY!”

They turned, and before them stood a tall, black man, with an angry look and a drawn zanpaktou.

“What do you think you’re doing? Who are you?”

”Huh, look at this runt!” exclaimed Medusa, laughing. “Take him out, Iki.”

”Got it.” He held his sword high.

“No way! You’re not getting away!” He held his zanpaktou ahead of him. “Yakedo, Inferuno Doragon!”

His sword melted, formed around his right arm, and solidified into a twisted metal cannon.

“Furea Panchi!” He thrusted his arm, releasing a blast of flames at the duo.

He couldn’t see the duo, but he did see the blast of flames coming from his left. He barely dodged it.

“What the…” He looked, a black mist surrounded the area he shot at. It wasn’t smoke…but…what?

He jumped. “Furea Tsugeki!”

A multitude of small balls of fire surrounded the two. They shot at the duo…

But, as before, thousands of small flaming bullets shot at Jordan from all directions. He surrounded himself with an aura of fire, which protected him.

“What’s with these two?” he muttered.

~~~

Raikiri Enraku happened to be wandering around the seretei, pondering his future. Even though he wasn’t accepted into the field trip to the World of the Living, he still graduated, and even got into the Squad he desired, Squad 8. But, he still had insomnia.

He held his extra-long, staff-like sheath carefully to maneuver through a gate. He was approaching the Squad 7 Gate. He looked down an alley, and saw something dark on the wall. He walked to it.

It was blood.

He cursed under his breath, and that’s when he noticed the gate was slightly ajar. He entered slowly…

~~~

Jordan coughed up blood.

He had pretty much figured it out. The man, “Iki”, could open portals that could transfer objects and such through portals created by his sword. He appeared to have no weak point, unless, of course, he could surprise him somehow…

~~~

Raikiri looked around the corner, and, like Jordan, had pretty much figured out the opponent’s ability. Portals.

He drew his sword slowly. He could probably take out that guy, unless of course, that woman saw him…

“Hyouketsu Arangkagiri, Aisukurohyou...”

~~~

Jordan stood, dodging another onslaught of flames. He was mostly stalling, trying to distract the opponent…unfortunately, he didn’t quite have a plan yet on how to surprise the foe. Even side attacks with Furea Tsugeki didn’t work.

“Crap”…he mumbled. Wait…he remembered the graduation ceremony, and Amy.

“HEY! EVERYONE! THERE'S PEOPLE HERE!” He yelled at the top of his voice. Maybe, at least, he could alert someone…"AND THEY'RE KILLING PEOPLE!"

He hunched over, cleching his side…a sword had stuck his left side…he fell to one knee.

No way…he thought…not like this…he grabbed the sword, ignoring the pain that bolted through his hand and the blood dripping down his arm almost immediately. He was drawn through the portal, the black vortex making him feel as if he was lost in an endless void, and yet claustrophobic at the same time. When he was finally pulled out of the darkness, he released the woman's blade, and landed right in front of the dark haired man. He punched him square in the face, shattering most of his mask.

Iki dropped his sword, and the portals disappeared. He lunged for it, when Medusa called to him.

“Iki, to your left!”

A blade shot at him, extending from an unknown point. He grabbed the blade, stopping it.

Unfortunately, this was Raikiri’s extending blade, and Iki was instantly frozen under a thick layer of ice.

“****! Iki!” She called. She held her blade up again. “This isn’t good at all…” She shunpoed to Raikiri, and slashed at him. He blocked with his arm, and her sword's effect was activated.

“What’s this?” Raikiri said, looking at his arm. Around it was a golden band.

“Undo him now!” Medusa yelled, poison in her voice.

“Hey!”

Medusa turned, and behind her was Jordan, the cannon aimed at the frozen Iki. “Don’t even try it!”

Raikiri was still transfixed with his arm. The golden band looked smaller then it was before…in fact, it felt…”Ahh!”

The golden band was shrinking on his arm.

Jordan saw this too. “Undo what you did! Now!” Flames spurted from the cannon.

Unfortunately, he had no plan after this. No one seemed to have heard him, and he was loosing blood. Raikiri didn’t have access to his sword; it was apparently frozen to Iki.

Medusa pondered this for a moment. “…Fine.”

She tapped the golden band, it fused with her sword.

“Now, back away!”

He did, slowly.

“How about we call this a tie?” She called. “You release my friend here, and we’ll be on our way. Sound good?” She said in a sweet voice.

Jordan called back. “No deal.” He said, with quite a bit of bravado. “You can’t waltz in here, kill our people, then walk out!”

…She sighed. “Fine. What do you propose then?”

He had no idea.

“I see. You’re just bluffing? You really have no idea do you?” She laughed.

No one could’ve expected what happened next.

A wolf shot from the roof, bit into Medusas neck, landed, and swung her into a wall.

She gasped. “What? What’s a wolf doing here?” She collapsed onto the ground, trying to stop the blood leaking from her neck. It wasn't a fatal wound, but she was loosing a lot of blood.

The wolf rammed her, knocking her unconscious. It was then that reinforcements arrived. Several shinigami appeared, including the Squad 7 Lt. They hauled away the small woman and the man.

~~~

Raikiri fell asleep in the hospital. He had nothing seriously wrong with him, a few stitches from the cut, but the band hadn’t squeezed too tight…yet. It had barely broken the skin.

Jordan, however, was asleep in a hospital bed. He had a bad wound in his left side, but Mizuhashi Akira, the new third seat, had treated him, and he said he would be fine. Raikiri remembered Mizuhashi, he was a trustworthy man.

Raikiri was still sitting in his chair when the 7th Taicho approached him. He was quite an unusual man, with…a wolf tail and ears…it reminded him of Kiyoko…

“Thank you,” he said. “I was asleep when this started, and without you and Jordans help, this might have been worse.” He was frowning. “So, thank you.” He turned and walked away.

~~~

Golde stood, yet again, in front of all the present 13 Captains and Lt.s.

“I’m sorry to say this, but the Soul Society was once again infiltrated.” Golde wore a frown, which was very unlike him, but this was a very grave time. “7 Shinigami have been reported missing, all from the 7th Squad. Their bodies have not been found, but the blood has. Luckily, a shinigami from the 7th Squad and another from the 8th Squad managed to detain the duo until reinforcements arrived...Currently, the duo, apparently named Iki and Medusa, are in the charge of our 12th Squad Captain, and I believe he’s currently interegating them.

“There is some…rather positive news. We have determined exactly what these people are. They seem to be nothing more then exceptionally skilled shinigami…the reason for the masks is currently unknown, in fact, little more than that is known…but information is expected in the near future.

“Thank you.”

That pain thing reminds me of the Cone Snail, who's sting can cause death from pain alone, before the toxin even kicks in..

And that's why we have judges, to judge whether an attack is avoidable or not...but who knows if that'll work XD

Zameric
13th January 2010, 8:05 AM
Dammit... Kubo, or whoever is in charge of this filler is such a tease, but I bet they put in that VL with the intent of not to showing it again. ;p
Senny was saying to me how Rukia said in the past that Menos Grande(Gillians) are such a once in a lifetime sight, yet we see them so much now.
Now what she said applies to Vasto Lorde.
We haven't even seen one officially confirmed VL yet. :/

Alright, well now onto the rest of the episode...
Muramasa's hollow/arrancar/whatever form was cool. His ceros look pretty. And I think he even used balas too.
I wanna see someone cosplay as a Gillian now. They are kind'a cute. xD

Woohoo, the zanpakuto are back. xD
Well looks like some neat fights might be coming up soon.

Tousen's gonna ship them to Nicaragua! XD

What is your ultimate cheapest attack?
Idk. ><
Maybe using the Bukkorosu ability of my bankai to get in a nut shot? XD

Eon Master
13th January 2010, 1:32 PM
What is your ultimate cheapest attack?

all of 'em I'd say Raikou Hiboufuu, right now. Once I get Funmuki and Fukabun Teimasstsu mastered, they'll take the cake. None of 'em are really that cheap though.

arceus03
13th January 2010, 3:40 PM
I see one garingly big hole in this Battle thing, and reminded me why iv'e never been involved in one before - people just avoid the attacks everytime. =.=; i'm usually too lenient, although it was fun in the Bishie Battle Thread.


And the fact that your opponent seems to attack you no matter whatever you're doing. Even if you attacked him/her, he/she will just reply with another attack, totally disregarding that you just attacked him/her. XD

And I think battles done with VM will be _very_ long.... Plus, when you've got a long time to devise your attack, you seem to be doing more than you can. Like, attack using shikai, then fires off 2 simultaneous Hadou/Bakudo spells, at the same time avoiding the enemies' attack. Well... =\



Buuuut I won't do that. Often


Yeah suuuuuuuure



That pain thing reminds me of the Cone Snail, who's sting can cause death from pain alone, before the toxin even kicks in..

And that's why we have judges, to judge whether an attack is avoidable or not...but who knows if that'll work XD

Mhm... Let's hope it will. XD


What is your ultimate cheapest attack?

all of 'em I'd say Raikou Hiboufuu, right now. Once I get Funmuki and Fukabun Teimasstsu mastered, they'll take the cake. None of 'em are really that cheap though.

Okay, I haven't seen Funmuki and Fukabun Teimasstsu in your zan's abilities...

Oh yeah, something I think ought to be asked just before the battle starts-
What would be your best field? As in, Kido or Zanjutsu or Hoho or Hakuda, you get it.

For me, I excel in Kido :P If I ever fight someone, I usually abuse Kido a lot. Especially when Tsukibana is in her shikai form. XP But yeah, I lack speed and don't master shunpo that well. I can still use it, but not too often.

My swordsmanship is okay, I guess, but I prefer to enter battles with shikai released - it's much easier. I fight a lot better if I'm in shikai state.

I don't know anything about Hakuda (hand-to-hand fighting). Well, except throwing wild punches... XD


Manga this week.... Eay~
Watching new episode soon.... >.<~

Golde that Cone Snail creature is scary O.o Wiki says that its poison has no antivenom, instead, treatment involves providing life support until the venom is metabolised by the victim.

Cell
13th January 2010, 3:50 PM
Hey guys/gals, the missing member has returned for a moment, real life has been a total pain in the bottom and most of the time I have either goes to homework and studies and the little time I do have, I spend playing games (mostly). I still watch/read bleach every week but couldn't be bothered commenting about it, I've been lurking about, though.

I feel like the fillers are really dragging this out.. Muramasa arrancar..thing... bah, I hope this filler will end -fast.

Pity the Manga is on a 2 week break, can't wait for the next chapter.
I expected Tousen to be a vizard, but didn't expect the resurecion, almost spit my drink out when I was what he looked like, yuck.

Shini's shikai.. awesome. Pity the fight was so short, 3 slashes in total and it was done.. bah. :( Ichigo jumping at him is interesting, but if everything is turned around, doesn't Aizen just see him coming at him? :o


That's all for now, hope you all stay well. :)

-Cell

I like Pokemon (...)
13th January 2010, 6:35 PM
Welcome back, Cell.
Real life is usually annoying XP
Also, use spoiler tags please.

What would be your best field?
For those of you who don't know (I didn't until I went to bleach.wikia) the fields are:
Kidou (Bakudou, which are binding spells [such as what Rukia used to tie Ichigo's hand behind his back in the first episode/chapter] and Hadou [actual attacks, such as the much used Shot of Red Fire]), Hand-To-Hand combat (Hakuda), Agility (Hohou) and Swordsmanship (Zanjutsu).

I would have to say... my Agility is greatest. Though I have the ability to manipulate time so XP. Then Kido (I often use Bakudo, though I will use Hadou occasionally, because as you might guess, I don't have any actual "attacks" besides my Black Hole).

Hand-To-Hand combat, with me anyway, is really just throwing punches hard and fast. And swordmanship... well YOU try fighting with 2 scythes.

Eon Master
13th January 2010, 9:16 PM
Okay, I haven't seen Funmuki and Fukabun Teimasstsu in your zan's abilities...

That's because I haven't mastered them yet ;) I'll update the post with a record of my Bankai battle with MC, then you'll get to see what they do.

EDIT: Here you go!:D MC is in red, I'm in blue.
MC: *Draws Zanpaktou and goes Bankai*

Eon: *draws* Bankai! *air swirls and a whole bunch of awesome special effects go off*Teiheigou Dagekinamigai- Arashiurufu Kotetsu!
*Vaccum Steps behind MC and stabs with claws*

MC: *Shunpos before contact and let lose 100s of Fireballs at you, some stay near while others chase you*
Its my birthday today!

Eon: Omg, how did I miss that? Happy Birthday!
Here's your present! *uses Nenshou Togu to catch the fireballs chasing me and blasts them at the other fireballs*

MC: Just what I wanted!
Su-pa Shinsei Bakufuu Yakedo! (Supernova Blast Burn)
All the heat and fire in a 50 feet radius is absorbed and then released in a devastating blast.
*Shunpos away and satrts chanting*

Eon: Ho... Not bad.
Raikou Hiboufuu! *conjures giant flaming sparking twister*
And now to top it off... Shinkuu Sochi! *Vacuum Steps through the twister and turns it into a charging attack*

MC: Kasai Hei !(Fire Wall)
[Flames form a protective barrier against attacks.]
Hitan Kaen (Sorrow Flame)
[ My flames become so hot that they turn blue. Making all my attacks more deadly.It also affects the cells in my body to the point where I have super speed.]
Hado # 66 Soren Sokasui! Hado # 54 Haien! *The #66 hits your Zanpaktou and arm , while 54 hits the bottom of your Zanpaktou*

Eon: *blasts through fire wall and blocks the kido, then slashes at MC*
You obviously didn't do your reading. And I quote "The only way to avoid being hit by Raikou Hiboufuu is to get the hell out of the way" Also, Arashiurufuu Koutetsu is freaking ARMOR. I don't hold a Zanpaktou in that form. So your attacks just completely failed.

MC: *Appears behind you and slashes at hits you with Iten Sakusei Su-pa Inferuno Bakufuu (Demise Creating Super Inferno Blast) at lose range*
Obviously you underestimate me...a simple craete a diversion and attck you while disracted*
Bakudo #75 Gochūtekkan! [Summons five incredibly tall and thick pillars which are connected to each other by chains to pin a target to the ground.]
Hado # 63 Raikōhō! [Fires a massive wave of yellow energy at a target.]
*Shunpos away and stars chanting again*
Ye lord! Mask of blood and flesh, all creation, flutter of wings, ye who bears the name of Man! On the wall of blue flame, inscribe a twin lotus. In the abyss of conflagration, wait at the far heavens.

Eon: *Uses Tekaitsu Kujiku to shred the flames, then adds Raikou Togu for a lightning barrier*
You really thought I wouldn't see through that?
*cracks pillars with a shockwave before they hit, shattering them when they hit me*
Now for some one-upmanship...
Mask of flesh and blood, flittering of the wings of all creation, you who is crowned with the name of Man! Carrige of thunder, gap of the spinning wheel, divide this into six with light! Carve a lotus into the wall of azure flame, and wait for the abyss of great flame in the distant sky.

MC: Sōren Sōkatsui!!! *Hits you while you chanting, when you doged my Hado # 63 Raikōhō* You do remember that My Zanpaktou controls heat as well right? [>D] *1000s of fireballs fly all around the area, each making the the tempature in the area hotter, the groung starts to melt and the air becomes very humid, and super heated*
you'll pass out soon...my Bankai protects my body from getting effected by the heat...yours however..doesn't...you'll eventually pass out...if not...breathing in all this super heated air will cause your body to clot...just give up.

Eon: Feh. *dissolves kido without launching it*
Big mistake, MC. Trying to use the air against a Wind Bankai. Tekaitsu Kujiku!
*whips up massive twister that covers a huge area*
You remember what air does when it's heated, right? It gets faster. You've just increased my strength. As for the air around me... *creates a giant vacuum, cutting off all the air until the fireballs disappear* I can survive in a vacuum. Can you?

MC: Actually...I've just won, your doind excatly what i predicted. Now you have to maintain this vacuum inorder to defend against my attacks and attck. So your using a lagre amount of energy to do this...as for me, My Bankai can absorb heat for addition power and energy. Bakudo # 81 Danku [Creates an energy barrier in the form of a rectangular wall. It is capable of stopping destructive spells up to #89] So now I can just sit back and relax as you defeat yourself...

Eon: As if I'd be beaten that easily. *sends a shockwave into the ground, reaching under the Danku and cracks the ground*
And now... *sucks all the air out* To quote Sasuke, "Now who's the trapped rat?"

MC: [3 Bakudo #73 Tozanshō (Creates an inverted pyramid-shaped barrier around the caster.) are up, in different places.] You wasted more restaisu...if you try to attack these...you'll waste even more power...your already less than half of your Reshi left to fight...I've notice tiny cracks in your armor...you almost at your limit. [Fire is shot out of all 3 Tozanshōs]

Eon: When the hell did somebody use that one?
Anyway, I'm not done. I have more reiatsu than you think. And you've never hit me unguarded, so how did cracks appear? There are none.
*recites long and complicated chant* This oughtta break both of your barriers! Bakudou 99! Kin! *drops massively heavy spell on kido barriers, shattering both of them*

MC: [Fire is shot from the final Tozanshō]... (In the Sky)Hado #88 Hiryugekizokushintenraiho! (Fires a gigantic electricity blast of spiritual energy resulting in an truly enormous explosion.) From behind you, hado #90 Kurohitsugi (Black coffin) [Forms a box of black energy around a target, which is then pierced by dozens of energy "spears", lacerating the one inside from head to toe.] From infront of you...Kuru Kaen (Dark Flame)
[My flames become Black and anyone that is touched by them or is naer them loses spiritual pressure and body heat slowly.]
Su-pa Shinsei Bakufuu Yakedo (Supernova Blast Burn)
[All the heat and fire in a 50 feet radius is absorbed and then released in a devastating blast.]
*The blast at close range also pushes me away from you...50 feet*
...*huff*...I may actually have to remove my limiter...

Eon: Remember this trick? *vibrates molecules through your attacks*
In Bankai mode, I can do this at will. I haven't even come up with a name for it yet. But I think I'll just call it Funmuki, Atomizer!
And BS you have a limiter on. I'm almost out of energy though, so let's make this a big finish.

MC: Muffin better watch out...your good.
Iten Sakusei Su-pa Inferuno Bakufuu (Demise Creating Super Inferno Blast)
[Half of my spiritual energy is combined with Inferuno Droagon's to unleash a destructive blast leveling everything with in a 50 feet radius.(But with Black Flames)]

Eon: Glad to get some recognition. Now for my final blow.
Fukabun Teimassatsu, Atomic Air Obliteration! [By putting all my Reiatsu into an ultrasonic wave, I can do the the air what I did to myself earlier, and atomize everything in my path, including my armor. It's truly an attack of last resort.]
RAAAAAHHH!!! *atomizes air and blasts into black flames*

What would be your best field?

I'm more of a mixed fighter. For a raw power type, I use a lot of Kido. I sometimes mix hand-to-hand combat with Zanjutsu, so that's pretty balanced. I don't tend to use Shunpo very much, if only because I tend to use the principle of Hanki Sosai when fighting, although that's more in Shikai state, where Dagekinamigai's weight and high center of gravity are more of a factor. I'm still plenty fast.

Golde
13th January 2010, 11:09 PM
In an underground cave somewhere, the 12th Squad Captain was busy…”interrogating”.

He was a smaller man, dark skinned with a sort of grayish-black hair. He had full, wrap around glasses.

Medusa and Iki both hung from large, metal cages. They were stripped to the bare essentials and were connected to the cages at many different places, including their wrists, ankles, waists, and neck.

“So,” said the 12th Squad Taicho. “You’re still not going to tell us anything?” He said, toward Medusa, the obvious higher-up.

“**** you.”

The chains tightened around her neck…she screamed and struggled for air. As her face turned blue and her eyes were becoming misty, he releases the chain.

“Iki, anytime you wanna say something…” The Captain said.

Iki had a punishment even worse. A spike had drilled into the skin and was randomly moving around under the skin before pulling itself out and drilling again somewhere else.

“You’re sick…” He said,writhing in obvious pain.

“I'm not the one who broke in and killed your comrades...…”

“No, but you’d kill hundreds of thousands of hollows, wouldn’t you?” Medusa said, hoarsely.

The Captain turned his gaze. “How is that relevant?” He tightened her wrists. “We’re here to learn more about the shinigami at the graduation party…as well as where you come from, not our jobs.

“I won’t tell you a thing.” Medusa was a very defiant woman. Minutes of this would break almost anyone, much less hours. But not these two.

He had been one of the first people to see them with their masks off. Medusa, he noticed, was quite the attractive woman, and he actually felt a little bad for doing this. Iki was also quiet composed and calm. His language showed that he was quite intelligent, and, the Taicho even went so far as to say that had he not been the enemy, they could’ve been friends.

But this was not the case. A blade came from the cage and cut Medusas stomach.

“I can do this all night, Medusa…”

~~~

Golde felt awful. He was lying in bed, looking at the crescent moon over the snowy mountains.

Not only had the Soul Society been infiltrated twice, but 7 shinigami were dead. And now it seemed as if this was an all out offensive against the Soul Society. And, to top it off, he now had to turn his head to torture to get information…

“Geez” He rolled over in bed. “What’s going on…?”

A gentle rap on the door. “Golde-sama, I brought you tea.”

Ah, he thought, Ikioi. He got out of bed and opened the door, looking down at the small, brown and blonde haired girl.

”Thank you, Ikioi, this’ll help me a lot.”

”Of course…are you Ok, Golde-sama?”

He wanted to talk about it.

“No.” he said, turning and walking back in his room. Ikioi followed. “Apparently we have a great adversary on the offensive, and now I have to resort to torture…”

”It’s for the greater good…”

He sighed, looking out at the stars. “I know. But, I never wanted to have to use him again…”

”Well, Golde-sama, I could rearrange the schedule so you could take a collaboration day?”

”No, I have to address this…I’m heightening security tomorrow, drastically. The newbies are probably even going to have to guard areas…”

”Well, if you need me, I’ll be around.”

”Thank you, Ikioi, you are a life saver.”

”Of course…”

”I think I’ll retire early tonight, Ikioi…if you don’t mind…”

“Of course not…” she turned and walked out. “Good night.”

“Night.”

~~~

“I’ve had enough of this!!”

The man in the white mask was angered. In fact, that last outburst left a hole in the cave wall from reishi release alone.

Takai, the man in the dog-like mask, tried to console him. “We’ve lost our weakest members, yes, but we have plenty of others. We could easily take the soul society tonight if we so wished.”

“No! We couldn’t. They outnumber us immensely!” He usually didn’t have a short temper like this. “That’s why we move at night, because seven...no, even if we had all ten of us, we can’t take on the thirteen Captains at once, much less the entirety of the Soul Society!”

“You might be right.” Takai said, “So, don’t you think it’s about time to use that?”

The man’s attitude changed…”That? Are you almost ready?”

”I am”

”Excellent. This changes everything.” There was a spark in his golden eyes. “However, I’m not quite ready for you to do that yet…let’s kill off a few Captains first, it will definitely make me more comfortable.”

”Agreed.”

“But, I’m still mad at the two of them. Now we're forced to move by foot and can’t take them by surprise...”

”I’ll send another soldier…we’ll send Tamarensa and she’ll leave at dawn. She’ll be there in a day, then attack the next night.”

He turned to face Takai. “Oh, really?” He laughed. “I wish I could see their faces…”

~~~

Golde rushed down the hallway. He had just been informed of the first good news of the day.

He had a headache, which was never good. And a stomachache, which he in no way tried to hide.

He grumbled as he walked down the hallway, wondering if this was stress or a bug…

He opened the doors, quite the dramatic entry…

“Get Dosu in here right now!” He grumbled and sat down.

~~~

Dosu had managed to cure most of Golde’s ailment, and Golde finally stopped complaining. He was sipping some tea.

“So, Kashaku, what have you found.”

The 12th Squad Captain had just arrived and had sat down. He wore somewhat of a grim and resentful look.

“Well, they’re cracking slowly…” He sighed. “Not much yet…”

Golde sighed.

“However, we did find out a small bit about the organization that they come from. Now, whether or not this is true, I’m not sure, but I still thought you should know, especially in these times”.

“Of course.”

“But, so they don’t just start giving me false info so I leave, this will be the last time I personally come.”

”Understandable.”

“Supposedly there are ten people, well, nine now. I’m pretty sure that that woman at the party was in fact part of this organization, they seemed sincere enough when they told me this information…”

He shifted in his seat. “I’m thinking that I’m starting to lose my touch here…I don’t know if I could ever do this again…”

Golde nodded. “You’re not an old Captain, by any means, and you’ve done more of this than anyone should. I’m sorry I made you do this.”

”I understand, these are desperate times…”

”Still…I’m really sorry.”

Kashaku rose and turned. “I should go back now, but there is one more thing...”

“Hmm?”

”They seem to be rather fond of hollows. That’s the next thing I’ll be…working on…”

~~~

“I’m sorry Iki…” Medusa head was hung…she had given away some information…not much…but enough for a break from this pain. She couldn’t stand for this anymore…Iki was just in so much pain…she couldn’t stand watching it. That isn’t, of course, to say that she wasn’t in pain, but…she cared for him, he was like a brother to her.

They were both tied to a dungeon wall, all very clich&#233;…she was bleeding quite a bit from the large gash in her stomach, but Iki literally had holes in him…this was nothing in comparison to his pain.

Iki was giving her the cold shoulder…he faced away from her…”We must never betray the organization, even if it means the death of us both…I thought we agreed to that when we joined…”

”Iki…”

Just then, the door opened, and the 12th Squad Captain walked back in.

“Do you want to say anything, or should we proceed with it?”

~~~

Golde stood before all the Captains, besides Kashaku, that is.

“Hello, everyone.” Golde sighed. “Very little has been uncovered, but we can tell you this; It is a good possibility, however, not necessarily a fact, that only 7 of these people remain, not counting the two in our custody. Now, though we outnumber them greatly, we don’t know how strong the remaining seven are…so, I’m going to take it upon myself to order all Captains to heighten defenses 10 fold…we must make sure this never happens again…” He looked over the crowd…most had already been sent a butterfly telling the specifics. “I’m also assigning Captains 5, 6, 7 and 11 on outer wall guard duty. Remember, we know little about this group. We don’t know if they even need to be here to attack, but we believe they’ll be traveling on foot now. Kashaku is trying to find out more about them as we speak. That will be all.”

Then he remembered…”Wait, one last thing, if one were to encounter someone of this unknown group, if at all possible, take him or her in for questioning, but do not be afraid to kill them. Because they will kill you.”




Golde that Cone Snail creature is scary O.o Wiki says that its poison has no antivenom, instead, treatment involves providing life support until the venom is metabolised by the victim.

Well, considering how fast the venom acts, it really doesn't matter anyway. Like, the only real way to survive is to barely get any of the toxin, and then have someone do CPR until paramedics can arrive. Which sucks because they have one of the prettiest shells ever. Like, a favorite of shell collectors.


I can't remember who it was or what he was, but some bigwig on California was getting his picture taken. He picked up two cone snails off the beach, without realizing what they were. Before the picture was taken, both simultaneously shot out and punctured his neck. In about three seconds he was dead.


What is your ultimate cheapest attack?



Ahh, you people don't know my sword's power yet XD Well, some...a few XD

One I had to use when MC was being all godly was to shatter some of my Golden Material into tiny fragments, then launch them from every angle, similar to senbonzakura.


EDIT - ooh~ awesome, I had an idea. Similar to the whole, Archive/Gallery thingy, I or MC or somebody could probably make a post containing the entire battles in spoilers, separated into rounds.

Have any battles started yet O.o

EDIT2 - WOO 6oo POSTS WOO!

MasterCharizard15
14th January 2010, 2:20 AM
In an underground cave somewhere, the 12th Squad Captain was busy…”interrogating”.

He was a smaller man, dark skinned with a sort of grayish-black hair. He had full, wrap around glasses.

Medusa and Iki both hung from large, metal cages. They were stripped to the bare essentials and were connected to the cages at many different places, including their wrists, ankles, waists, and neck.

“So,” said the 12th Squad Taicho. “You’re still not going to tell us anything?” He said, toward Medusa, the obvious higher-up.

“**** you.”

The chains tightened around her neck…she screamed and struggled for air. As her face turned blue and her eyes were becoming misty, he releases the chain.

“Iki, anytime you wanna say something…” The Captain said.

Iki had a punishment even worse. A spike had drilled into the skin and was randomly moving around under the skin before pulling itself out and drilling again somewhere else.

“You’re sick…” He said,writhing in obvious pain.

“I'm not the one who broke in and killed your comrades...…”

“No, but you’d kill hundreds of thousands of hollows, wouldn’t you?” Medusa said, hoarsely.

The Captain turned his gaze. “How is that relevant?” He tightened her wrists. “We’re here to learn more about the shinigami at the graduation party…as well as where you come from, not our jobs.

“I won’t tell you a thing.” Medusa was a very defiant woman. Minutes of this would break almost anyone, much less hours. But not these two.

He had been one of the first people to see them with their masks off. Medusa, he noticed, was quite the attractive woman, and he actually felt a little bad for doing this. Iki was also quiet composed and calm. His language showed that he was quite intelligent, and, the Taicho even went so far as to say that had he not been the enemy, they could’ve been friends.

But this was not the case. A blade came from the cage and cut Medusas stomach.

“I can do this all night, Medusa…”

~~~

Golde felt awful. He was lying in bed, looking at the crescent moon over the snowy mountains.

Not only had the Soul Society been infiltrated twice, but 7 shinigami were dead. And now it seemed as if this was an all out offensive against the Soul Society. And, to top it off, he now had to turn his head to torture to get information…

“Geez” He rolled over in bed. “What’s going on…?”

A gentle rap on the door. “Golde-sama, I brought you tea.”

Ah, he thought, Ikioi. He got out of bed and opened the door, looking down at the small, brown and blonde haired girl.

”Thank you, Ikioi, this’ll help me a lot.”

”Of course…are you Ok, Golde-sama?”

He wanted to talk about it.

“No.” he said, turning and walking back in his room. Ikioi followed. “Apparently we have a great adversary on the offensive, and now I have to resort to torture…”

”It’s for the greater good…”

He sighed, looking out at the stars. “I know. But, I never wanted to have to use him again…”

”Well, Golde-sama, I could rearrange the schedule so you could take a collaboration day?”

”No, I have to address this…I’m heightening security tomorrow, drastically. The newbies are probably even going to have to guard areas…”

”Well, if you need me, I’ll be around.”

”Thank you, Ikioi, you are a life saver.”

”Of course…”

”I think I’ll retire early tonight, Ikioi…if you don’t mind…”

“Of course not…” she turned and walked out. “Good night.”

“Night.”

~~~

“I’ve had enough of this!!”

The man in the white mask was angered. In fact, that last outburst left a hole in the cave wall from reishi release alone.

Takai, the man in the dog-like mask, tried to console him. “We’ve lost our weakest members, yes, but we have plenty of others. We could easily take the soul society tonight if we so wished.”

“No! We couldn’t. They outnumber us immensely!” He usually didn’t have a short temper like this. “That’s why we move at night, because seven...no, even if we had all ten of us, we can’t take on the thirteen Captains at once, much less the entirety of the Soul Society!”

“You might be right.” Takai said, “So, don’t you think it’s about time to use that?”

The man’s attitude changed…”That? Are you almost ready?”

”I am”

”Excellent. This changes everything.” There was a spark in his golden eyes. “However, I’m not quite ready for you to do that yet…let’s kill off a few Captains first, it will definitely make me more comfortable.”

”Agreed.”

“But, I’m still mad at the two of them. Now we're forced to move by foot and can’t take them by surprise...”

”I’ll send another soldier…we’ll send Tamarensa and she’ll leave at dawn. She’ll be there in a day, then attack the next night.”

He turned to face Takai. “Oh, really?” He laughed. “I wish I could see their faces…”

~~~

Golde rushed down the hallway. He had just been informed of the first good news of the day.

He had a headache, which was never good. And a stomachache, which he in no way tried to hide.

He grumbled as he walked down the hallway, wondering if this was stress or a bug…

He opened the doors, quite the dramatic entry…

“Get Dosu in here right now!” He grumbled and sat down.

~~~

Dosu had managed to cure most of Golde’s ailment, and Golde finally stopped complaining. He was sipping some tea.

“So, Kashaku, what have you found.”

The 12th Squad Captain had just arrived and had sat down. He wore somewhat of a grim and resentful look.

“Well, they’re cracking slowly…” He sighed. “Not much yet…”

Golde sighed.

“However, we did find out a small bit about the organization that they come from. Now, whether or not this is true, I’m not sure, but I still thought you should know, especially in these times”.

“Of course.”

“But, so they don’t just start giving me false info so I leave, this will be the last time I personally come.”

”Understandable.”

“Supposedly there are ten people, well, nine now. I’m pretty sure that that woman at the party was in fact part of this organization, they seemed sincere enough when they told me this information…”

He shifted in his seat. “I’m thinking that I’m starting to lose my touch here…I don’t know if I could ever do this again…”

Golde nodded. “You’re not an old Captain, by any means, and you’ve done more of this than anyone should. I’m sorry I made you do this.”

”I understand, these are desperate times…”

”Still…I’m really sorry.”

Kashaku rose and turned. “I should go back now, but there is one more thing...”

“Hmm?”

”They seem to be rather fond of hollows. That’s the next thing I’ll be…working on…”

~~~

“I’m sorry Iki…” Medusa head was hung…she had given away some information…not much…but enough for a break from this pain. She couldn’t stand for this anymore…Iki was just in so much pain…she couldn’t stand watching it. That isn’t, of course, to say that she wasn’t in pain, but…she cared for him, he was like a brother to her.

They were both tied to a dungeon wall, all very cliché…she was bleeding quite a bit from the large gash in her stomach, but Iki literally had holes in him…this was nothing in comparison to his pain.

Iki was giving her the cold shoulder…he faced away from her…”We must never betray the organization, even if it means the death of us both…I thought we agreed to that when we joined…”

”Iki…”

Just then, the door opened, and the 12th Squad Captain walked back in.

“Do you want to say anything, or should we proceed with it?”

~~~

Golde stood before all the Captains, besides Kashaku, that is.

“Hello, everyone.” Golde sighed. “Very little has been uncovered, but we can tell you this; It is a good possibility, however, not necessarily a fact, that only 7 of these people remain, not counting the two in our custody. Now, though we outnumber them greatly, we don’t know how strong the remaining seven are…so, I’m going to take it upon myself to order all Captains to heighten defenses 10 fold…we must make sure this never happens again…” He looked over the crowd…most had already been sent a butterfly telling the specifics. “I’m also assigning Captains 5, 6, 7 and 11 on outer wall guard duty. Remember, we know little about this group. We don’t know if they even need to be here to attack, but we believe they’ll be traveling on foot now. Kashaku is trying to find out more about them as we speak. That will be all.”

Then he remembered…”Wait, one last thing, if one were to encounter someone of this unknown group, if at all possible, take him or her in for questioning, but do not be afraid to kill them. Because they will kill you.”



Well, considering how fast the venom acts, it really doesn't matter anyway. Like, the only real way to survive is to barely get any of the toxin, and then have someone do CPR until paramedics can arrive. Which sucks because they have one of the prettiest shells ever. Like, a favorite of shell collectors.

Its usually the most pretty things that are the most deadly...I mean look at Yoruichi and Unohana. XD

I can't remember who it was or what he was, but some bigwig on California was getting his picture taken. He picked up two cone snails off the beach, without realizing what they were. Before the picture was taken, both simultaneously shot out and punctured his neck. In about three seconds he was dead.



Ahh, you people don't know my sword's power yet XD Well, some...a few XD

I know of pretty much all of your tricks...you had to use them all to beat me last time...

One I had to use when MC was being all godly was to shatter some of my Golden Material into tiny fragments, then launch them from every angle, similar to senbonzakura.

And yet it took that and summoning ;355;;292; and yet you still needed more to stop me! A rematch would be really fun...XD

EDIT - ooh~ awesome, I had an idea. Similar to the whole, Archive/Gallery thingy, I or MC or somebody could probably make a post containing the entire battles in spoilers, separated into rounds.

I'll do it...and you can put them up on the first page...the links I mean.

Have any battles started yet O.o

No...all of them are being lazy...

EDIT2 - WOO 6oo POSTS WOO!

-_-

What is your ultimate cheapest attack?
All of my attacks are awesome....but none are cheap.
I find it funny that everyone can avoid being burned to death. >.>

What would be your best field?
Hoho, Kido, and Zanjutsu...
Haduka I'm working on...
But I'm the Best in Kido of the entire club!!!
I even taught Senny!

rotrum
14th January 2010, 3:40 AM
Chapest Attack

On of two things.

Cheap attakc #1: Mattou Maru (Absolute Zero): create ice in LoS. (I could freeze somsone from the inside out. Yay.)

Cheap Attack #2, unlisted: Buriza-Do no Hyouketsu Hagane (Blizzard of Frezing Steel): User holds the two daggars only by their hilts and a bubble of ice in flates and deflates at top speed, propelling them and creating a literal blizzard of steel. As they continually regenerate, this is easily manipulatable. (Requires minimum reietsu to go straight ahead is the cheap part.) Due to the fact that ice is no the daggars before they disappear, they cna be manipualted into other directions, to block things, etc (Uses alot of energy)

Both are Bankai-only. Second is probably the cheapest thing I could do if oyu think about it. Razor sharp, insanely fast, and freeze things on contact.

Best Field

1. Uhh..if you can;t guess this your probably stupid. Hohou

2. Zanjutsu and Kidou

3. Hakuda

4. nothing

Golde
14th January 2010, 6:19 AM
@MC you don't know all my tricks O.o

Like me, my sword allows for numerous forms and the techniques are ever changing. And I only had to go all out because you went "all out", and by that I mean you mysterious healed and gave yourself too much power in the battle. And why did I summon Duskull and Shedinja? O.o

Senbonzakura
14th January 2010, 12:35 PM
My cheapest attack would be like idk putting steam down there throat then liquifying it in their lungs to drown them? something like that.

sub

ahhaha well i rather enjoyed this episode but like i think muramasas skirt thingy but him loko less epic that he could.

and does anyone else think that his thingy looks like menastacia?

and when i saw sode no shirayuki i was like oooooommmggggg ahahah and when i saw the rest im like omg i wanna see next weeks asap

manga

well i think ichigo shouldnt beat aizen i mean cmon if bankai ichigo fails to sealed aizen then like shikai aizen should own hollow ichigo.

and i think the end of this chapter was similar to the end of the ssub hahahaha

Zameric
14th January 2010, 4:24 PM
Best Field
My area I excel in is zanjutsu. Then the rest I'm at a around and average captain level.

Well nothing real eventful happened in this chapter, kind of a bummer after have no chapters for two weeks. It had a very nice color page though. xD

Northern Lights
14th January 2010, 5:35 PM
Cheapest Trick?

With Shikai - Strike them with lightning
With Bankai - Flash Freeze every water molecule in their body ... >] watch out ILP

Best Field

God knows, does random combos count? XD

arceus03
14th January 2010, 6:09 PM
^Mhm, I guess. A surprise element always works. Always. Especially if you get them off-guard. XP



I feel like the fillers are really dragging this out.. Muramasa arrancar..thing... bah, I hope this filler will end -fast.


Hey there~ =D
The fillers will come nowhere near to finishing soon. At least, from what I've heard, the canon will only resume on April 10th, IIRC.

Sucks, yeah. But the current filler is good too, so it's kinda like 50-50. =P


-_-

What would be your best field?
Hoho, Kido, and Zanjutsu...
Haduka I'm working on...
But I'm the Best in Kido of the entire club!!!
I even taught Senny!

As in?
I meant to say, give ranks at least (like rotrum). C'mon, you can't be all-powerful... :p

Aaaaaaand my Kido > yours (self proclaimed ahahahah)
Oh yeah. Your demise creating attack one, it consumes half of your reiatsu, right? Meaning you'll only be able to use it twice right?

Or does it work like Hyper Fang, in which half of the reiatsu means half of your remaining reiatsu?

Manga-
I WANT TO SEE UNOHANA DAMMIT >.<
The title reminds me of Westlife's Flying Without Wings though[/random]
Page fifteen was random, XD
Luckily there's no such thing called IchiZen (or something like that) or well... you get it. :x Or is there?

The ending is good, though. And yeah, like Senny said, quite similar to anime. I'm expecting to see Haguro Tonbo's abilities soon. XD

Though most likely, no Kubikiri Orochi =\

I don't see Yamamoto being there, though. Or does he deem he is too important to step in even in this situation? XDD

Anime-
The ending was euphoric, XD
Now I wanna see next week's episode >.<

Battle log-
Now I know what Funmuki and Fukabun Teimassatsu are XD
Like, they control molecules, or... what? ^_^;

And.... I'm not trying to be a nitpicker, but some things from that battle are farfetched. Just... too unlikely. Sorry >.<
The Bakudo that drops that huge pillar thingy is Bankin, not Kin. Kin actually only restrains you from moving by pinning you to the ground, with those black things called spiritual fabric. (Since you said 'drops massively heavy spell', it seems more like the Third Song of the Bakudo #99 part 2). Correct me if I'm wrong. ;P

And after you made that move, seemingly.... MC attacked you from 3 directions at once? O.o Not to mention with 2 high class Hado spells without chanting, too. e.e

And plus the fact you've both been in Bankai state since it starts, you wouldn't have so much energy left.

I like Pokemon (...)
15th January 2010, 1:33 AM
Cheapest Trick?

With Shikai - Strike them with lightning
With Bankai - Flash Freeze every water molecule in their body ... >] watch out ILP
Ah, but you forget that I can control spatial matter XP

As in?
I meant to say, give ranks at least (like rotrum). C'mon, you can't be all-powerful... :p
I might as well rank as well, then...
1. Agility
2. Kidou
3. Hand-To-Hand combat
4. Swordsmanship

Cell
15th January 2010, 12:24 PM
Spoiler Manga 388:


I found the chapter a bit.. lame.. after a 2 week wait, Ichigo is fighting Aizen way too soon, and always with Getsuga.. it's getting overused.

+ didn't he say he couldn't use his mask?

http://www.onemanga.com/Bleach/379/18/ and http://www.onemanga.com/Bleach/379/19/

Anyone noticed Ichigo doesn't have the usual Hollow Eyes with his mask?
http://www.onemanga.com/Bleach/388/12/

Aizen said none of his friends got hurt; Hiory doesn't count as a friend? Why doesn't anyone tell him? He'd flip and make mincemeat of Aizen! :o

And where is Yanamoto and Unohana when all the people are 'protecting' Ichigo?


That's all. :s

Eon Master
15th January 2010, 1:59 PM
Battle log-
Now I know what Funmuki and Fukabun Teimassatsu are XD
Like, they control molecules, or... what? ^_^;

Close. By focusing the ultrasonic vibrations through my body, I can vibrate my molecules through solid objects and attacks.


And.... I'm not trying to be a nitpicker, but some things from that battle are farfetched. Just... too unlikely. Sorry >.<
The Bakudo that drops that huge pillar thingy is Bankin, not Kin. Kin actually only restrains you from moving by pinning you to the ground, with those black things called spiritual fabric. (Since you said 'drops massively heavy spell', it seems more like the Third Song of the Bakudo #99 part 2). Correct me if I'm wrong. ;P

I thought it was extremely heavy, since it threw up a huge cloud of dust when Hachi used it on Kensei during the Turn Back the Pendulum arc. Either way, it's strong enough to break the barriers MC had put up.


And after you made that move, seemingly.... MC attacked you from 3 directions at once? O.o Not to mention with 2 high class Hado spells without chanting, too. e.e

That was unrealistic. And I think it was four directions, launched in quick succession. It's basically what Ichigo did to Grimmjow in their second battle, only in two more directions.


And plus the fact you've both been in Bankai state since it starts, you wouldn't have so much energy left.

We're both raw power types, and we can compensate for the ammounts of Reiatsu we use because our weapons are all around us by midway through the battle. MC had flames spread everywhere and continued to draw on them, and I have the air for my weapon.

Also, redoing the places for my best field.

1. Kido: My biggest strength, because I can use so many and I have tons of variations of each spell. I can even use multiple spell variations simultaniously, depending on their level.

2. Zanjutsu: Swordsmanship is second nature to me, both in real life and in RPG.

3. Hakuda: I'm a martial artist in real life, so I've got a solid grasp of hand-to-hand combat. I just don't use it much while RPGing.

4. Hohou: Dagekinamigai is pretty heavy in normal mode, and its high center of gravity causes me to have to compensate for it and slow down my movements. I'm still pretty fast, though. Especially in Bankai Mode.

arceus03
15th January 2010, 2:22 PM
Spoiler Manga 388:


Aizen said none of his friends got hurt; Hiory doesn't count as a friend? Why doesn't anyone tell him? He'd flip and make mincemeat of Aizen! :o

And where is Yanamoto and Unohana when all the people are 'protecting' Ichigo?


That's all. :s

Aizen didn't say that none of his friends got hurt. He said 'judging from your looks, none of your friends have died', meaning, his friends back in Las Nochas.

And yeah, Unohana ><


Close. By focusing the ultrasonic vibrations through my body, I can vibrate my molecules through solid objects and attacks.

Mhmmm.... Still quite unclear to me ><
nvm. I'll wait when you come with the clear explanation on your zan page :p


I thought it was extremely heavy, since it threw up a huge cloud of dust when Hachi used it on Kensei during the Turn Back the Pendulum arc. Either way, it's strong enough to break the barriers MC had put up.

Oh. I thought the dust was caused by Kensei, actually. =P
The manga doesn't show so much dust, and I haven't got around to the pendulum arc yet in the anime ><

And Shinji said that it was a destructive spell, but obviously that was a mistranslation lol.


We're both raw power types, and we can compensate for the ammounts of Reiatsu we use because our weapons are all around us by midway through the battle. MC had flames spread everywhere and continued to draw on them, and I have the air for my weapon.

Oh right. Forgot about that :P


2. Zanjutsu: Swordsmanship is second nature to me, both in real life and in RPG.

3. Hakuda: I'm a martial artist in real life, so I've got a solid grasp of hand-to-hand combat. I just don't use it much while RPGing.


Eeeh, really? Are you a stunt actor, or what

Redoing mine too XP
Excellent - Kido control, fighting with shikai released (since controlling water is just awesome)
Average - Zanjutsu/Kendo
Lower-than-average - Hoho (like, still uses but rarely)
Bad - Hakuda


Ahhhh.... Seemingly like nearly everyone here is good with Kido, XD

Sidenote - I have changed my zan, made it much.... shorter. (the previous description was freakishly long, XD)
And a new ability Zam put on to me. XP

Senbonzakura
15th January 2010, 2:39 PM
1. kido (includes my zans powers)
2. hakudu (i am super skilled in leg work and kicks etc not so much punching etc)
3. hohou
4. zanjutsu (i rarely use my sword to cut etc)

cant wait until next weeks sub and manga guys im like so glad the manga is back to normal

Eon Master
15th January 2010, 9:29 PM
Mhmmm.... Still quite unclear to me ><
nvm. I'll wait when you come with the clear explanation on your zan page :p

How is that not clear? By channeling ultrasonic vibrations through my body, I can simply pass through attacks and solid objects unharmed. There's actual science that supports the fact that it can happen.


Oh. I thought the dust was caused by Kensei, actually. =P
The manga doesn't show so much dust, and I haven't got around to the pendulum arc yet in the anime ><
And Shinji said that it was a destructive spell, but obviously that was a mistranslation lol.

I don't know either. I was just guessing at the time.


Oh right. Forgot about that :P

Yeah, we both have freakish ammounts of Reiatsu XD


Eeeh, really? Are you a stunt actor, or what

Yeah, I wish. I'm just your average 17 year old professional martial artist with a 206 IQ. Pretty normal, if you live in the screwed up life.

@Senny: We've got to do our battle soon, otherwise I'll go crazy and change my strategy without thinking.

rotrum
16th January 2010, 12:42 AM
I see Eon's science...But I see faults in it. One, you'd have to vibrate your molecules not only fast but accurately at a magnification in which you cannot see. Two, does retaining your shpae mean anything to you? Three, if the other thing was solid, and you went through it-would oyu not break the object and parts of yourself up bit by bit?

I wihs i knew my IQ...

I wish I could fight somebody already -_-.

*Oars Eon for no apparent reason*

Senbonzakura
16th January 2010, 1:50 AM
@Senny: We've got to do our battle soon, otherwise I'll go crazy and change my strategy without thinking.
it seems ill benefit for leaving it for a bit :)

plus msn or vm? msn is faster.

and i gotta think of stragies lol

Zameric
16th January 2010, 1:52 AM
Spoiler Manga 388:


I found the chapter a bit.. lame.. after a 2 week wait, Ichigo is fighting Aizen way too soon, and always with Getsuga.. it's getting overused.

+ didn't he say he couldn't use his mask?

http://www.onemanga.com/Bleach/379/18/ and http://www.onemanga.com/Bleach/379/19/

Anyone noticed Ichigo doesn't have the usual Hollow Eyes with his mask?
http://www.onemanga.com/Bleach/388/12/

Aizen said none of his friends got hurt; Hiory doesn't count as a friend? Why doesn't anyone tell him? He'd flip and make mincemeat of Aizen! :o

And where is Yanamoto and Unohana when all the people are 'protecting' Ichigo?


That's all. :s
Haha, I thought it was kind of lame too.

I think that he isn't quite used to his new mask power and was having problems with it back then since his spiritual power was only half restored. I'm sure resting a bit let him use it again at least once, forgetting also that he had his spiritual power restored by Unohana now. And now that it is, he might now have as much of a problem using his new mask.

Now that you mention it, his eye's don't change with the new mask.
I have no idea to why that is though.

I'm pretty interested to where Yamamoto is too.
Unohana might just be off healing someone. ;p


As in?
I meant to say, give ranks at least (like rotrum). C'mon, you can't be all-powerful... :p
I'll redo mine as well...
1. Zanjutsu
2. Kido
3. Hoho
4. Hakuda


Looks like Rotrum is taking a liking to ya, Eon Master. xD

Eon Master
16th January 2010, 2:13 AM
it seems ill benefit for leaving it for a bit :)

plus msn or vm? msn is faster.

and i gotta think of stragies lol

Darn you... *shakes fist*

VM. I don't have MSN, lol.

Try as you might, but I'll be doing something that's going to throw you off from the beginning.



Now that you mention it, his eye's don't change with the new mask.
I have no idea to why that is though.

Random worthless brainwave, but could that refer back to the chapter "Eyes of the Victor"? Rukia said his eyes had changed, but at the time, we were made to think it was something to do with the way he bead Ulquiorra. However, it could have been the loss of power and usage from his mask. Just a though.


Looks like Rotrum is taking a liking to ya, Eon Master. xD

Good, I could use a brain challenge these days.

MasterCharizard15
16th January 2010, 3:40 AM
Manga
-
I have read it...[-_-]
I HATE AIZEN!


Looks like Rotrum is taking a liking to ya, Eon Master. xD

Indeed.

You know he really like you when he attacks you every post and tries to shove ice daggers down your thoat! :)

...did you guys know the club has a forum of its own as well?

rotrum
16th January 2010, 4:03 AM
I feel special. Somone 5 years odler then me jsut caleld me a brain challenge.

And surprsiingly no comment on my fautls in his ability.

*gets and oar with spikes in it* Hi MC. *oars*

Meric, don't encourage him or I'll oar you.

So..where is this muffin person I am suppsoed to fight..?

what ever happened to Luppi?

Anyone wanna fight me for fun..?

Anyone think they cna overpower Buriza-do no hyouketsu kurogane?

I sitll feel behind.

MasterCharizard15
16th January 2010, 4:16 AM
I feel special. Somone 5 years odler then me jsut caleld me a brain challenge.
Squad 6 agrees!

And surprsiingly no comment on my fautls in his ability.
Sqaud 6 members ignore those comments from you...
*gets and oar with spikes in it* Hi MC. *oars*
Hey Rotrum! *Blasts you into a wall* How have you been?


Meric, don't encourage him or I'll oar you.
HZam and his squad is under Squad 6's pertection! >D

So..where is this muffin person I am suppsoed to fight..?
Muffin=LT. of Squad 6...

what ever happened to Luppi?
Shes Busy...

Anyone wanna fight me for fun..?
Sorry...a fight with you would be too one sided. i mean everyone would yell at me for beating you down so badly. >D

Anyone think they cna overpower Buriza-do no hyouketsu kurogane?

MY Sqaud can do it in their sleep
My squad can...

I sitll feel behind.

Well...you been gone for months so...

kusari
16th January 2010, 6:09 PM
thanks for you guys who just said things.

@Golde: i feel just as good as any car wreck victim feels.

@MC: you're good Ulquiorra isn't in it. still in the process of of writing first chapter. i don't know how other authors do it.

possibly posting again(and hopefully first chapter) sunday night or monday.

MasterCharizard15
16th January 2010, 7:57 PM
@MC: you're good Ulquiorra isn't in it. still in the process of of writing first chapter. i don't know how other authors do it.

possibly posting again(and hopefully first chapter) sunday night or monday.
1st part: huh? What are you talking about?

2nd part: Hopefully. Get well and don't push yourself to hard.


Author’s Note

To anyone who reads any of my stories…

Sorry for the long update wait! I’m very busy this year and barely have time to focus on them properly. I refuse to post chapters not up to my usual standards…so please be patient! Hopefully by February I’ll have all my chapters and stories ready to be published!

Finally…I made this to tie you all over, enjoy!


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Aizen: I don’t get enough time in chapters…

Urahara: You get more time then me!

Shinji: …and me!

Aizen: There is a difference…I’m a sexy god…you’re a moronic perverted shopkeeper and you’re an idiot.

Urahara: I am not moronic!

Shinji: Hey everyone! Give Aizen the most painful and humiliating dares you can think of, bonus points if it makes him cry! *Smiles*

Aizen: …my legion of fangirls will protect me!

Hitsugaya: Didn’t you read the refrigerator?

Byakuya: Unless they are reviewing or giving a dare…no fan can come here…

Soi Fon: Mainly from all the death threats…from your fans…

Aizen: My fans! Protect your New GOD! Dare them to leave me alone and worship me!

Ulquiorra: …Pathetic.

Grimmjow: Aizen’s a chicken!

Halibel: …I agree.

Aizen: How dare you 3 say such blasphemous things about your God.

Barragan: But I’m god…THE GOD OF LAS NOCHES!

Ulquiorra: …both are trash.

Aizen/Barragan: WHAT!?!

Gin: Relax…you won’t be hurt for a while…

Tosen: How do you know?

Gin: MC has been…murder!

Everyone: …?

Urahara: Wait…if hes dead…how do we get home?

Everyone: …crap.

Yammy: I did my job Aizen I killed QC!

Aizen: You mean MC?

Yammy: No…I killed QC!

Grimmjow: Who the hell is QC?

Soi Fon: …! *Sees QC’s plushie body ripped to pieces* …*Stabs Yammy in the heart twice*

Aizen: [-_-] …overdramatic much?

Soi Fon: YOU WILL PAY!!!

[Aizen runs from a angry Soi Fon…]


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Meanwhile…

Ichigo: I’m bored now…

Uyru: You should be thankful there not another round of torture for awhile.

Chad: …yeah.

Orihime: Well we could try some the cookies I baked!

Ichigo/Uyru/Chad: …uhh…maybe later?

Orihime: Okay!


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Hopefully this will hold you over...

Zameric
17th January 2010, 4:27 AM
Hi Kusari! Godd to see you again. Are you recovering well?


Meric, don't encourage him or I'll oar you.
See, he likes me too. ;p


HZam and his squad is under Squad 6's pertection! >D
Thank you, but we're fully capable of protect ourselves. ;p


Random worthless brainwave, but could that refer back to the chapter "Eyes of the Victor"? Rukia said his eyes had changed, but at the time, we were made to think it was something to do with the way he bead Ulquiorra. However, it could have been the loss of power and usage from his mask. Just a though.
The what now?

Eon Master
17th January 2010, 4:33 AM
^It's good to be liked, isn't it Zameric? [/sarcasm]

I told him you didn't need it.

@Kusari: Can't wait to see what kind of Fanfiction you whip up, being a fellow fanfic author. Prepare for harsh critique!

Senbonzakura
17th January 2010, 11:59 AM
I have been thinking up some strategies for my fights in this contest (:

i think its going to be hard but all you need is your brain to win P:

also does anyone know when the dubs will be back on track?

arceus03
17th January 2010, 3:33 PM
How is that not clear? By channeling ultrasonic vibrations through my body, I can simply pass through attacks and solid objects unharmed. There's actual science that supports the fact that it can happen.

Mhm.... Any articles/ etc regarding that ultrasonic vibration? :P




Anyone wanna fight me for fun..?

Anyone think they cna overpower Buriza-do no hyouketsu kurogane?


I can =D
Or rather, I think I can.
I mean, you haven't mentioned that attack in your zan page, so, yeah.



possibly posting again(and hopefully first chapter) sunday night or monday.

Looking forward to it :D
Speaking about chapters..... Fourth one should be coming up.... soon...... XP




Author Note-(As if any of you read my fan fics...-_-)


I do >_>
FFNet link please?


I have been thinking up some strategies for my fights in this contest (:

i think its going to be hard but all you need is your brain to win P:

also does anyone know when the dubs will be back on track?

Never watched the dubs, so, yeah, no.

Zam - rotrum likes everyone, really. :P
*oars him before he oars me*

Emperor Giratina
18th January 2010, 3:00 PM
Hi everybody, my exams are over. Hopefully, I've done well. I'm still working on my Zanpaktou and trying to keep up with the Bleach anime, lol.

What would be your best field?

Kido, through and through! 'Nuff said.



Oh, and I'm working on a Bleach Fan Fiction. It will be my first ever Fan Fiction so please tell me were I go wrong and flames, of any kind, won't be accepted. By the way, it's a cross-over of Bleach and... and... Car Racing, yes, I said Car Racing (yes people! I'm crazzzyyy!!!). Apart from a Bleach fan, I'm also an Automobile and Street Racing fanatic! :D

arceus03
18th January 2010, 3:25 PM
Oh, and I'm working on a Bleach Fan Fiction. It will be my first ever Fan Fiction so please tell me were I go wrong and flames, of any kind, won't be accepted. By the way, it's a cross-over of Bleach and... and... Car Racing, yes, I said Car Racing (yes people! I'm crazzzyyy!!!). Apart from a Bleach fan, I'm also an Automobile and Street Racing fanatic! :D

Looking forward for your zan and fiction :D
Randomness is fun, xD

And good luck with your exam =D

Oh yeah-

Chapter 4

Emcee was out in the valley, a huge net on his shoulder, eyes searching wildly.

There was a rumour that a Summon Spirit was roaming in the vicinity, out of its dwelling place for reasons none knows why. Emcee did not know what to make of it; Summon Spirits don’t usually roam freely around the places even if their lair was destroyed, since they would simply just find another place to live in. But, he reckoned, there’s nothing wrong in checking out a rumour – you lose nothing if it’s false, but you gain something if it’s true.

Hence there was Emcee, his huge net trailing behind him as he trudged slowly through the muddy valley – it had rained the day before, and the earth is quite slippery. Once or twice he skidded, but managed to stop just in time before falling helter-skelter onto the soft squelchy ground.

Suddenly, his sharp eyes caught something. It was a black speck in the sky, high up above him, but it seemed to be falling. Even as he watched, the black speck was getting bigger every passing second. Emcee acted on instinct, he targeted where the black speck would fall, carefully made his way there, waited, and stuck out his net. His heart was thumping with elation; what could this thing be? Could the rumour about the Summon Spirit be true, after all?

A few moments passed and finally the thing fell into the net, which, unable to break the fall successfully, (though it did absorb most of the impact) tore with a loud rip. The ‘thing’ (or Summon Spirit, as Emcee thought) fell beneath onto the soft squishy ground.

Emcee looked at the thing that fell, and his spirits fell. It was not a Summon Spirit, after all. In fact, deep down inside, from the start, Emcee had thought that it was impossible – Summon Spirits don’t go around falling into people’s nets, they engage humans in a fight instead to prove their worth of mastering the spirit, and make a pact if the human manages to defeat the spirit. Plus, this ‘thing’ that fell did not hold any resemblance to a spirit. Summon Spirits usually take a bestial or mythical form; even the most humane-looking of them had a distinctive feature that differentiates them from normal mortal, be it extra or lack of limbs or different skin colour or whatever else. But this, it looks like a normal human from every aspect, only the part that stuck out was maybe her (it was a woman, according to Emcee’s evaluation) weird outfit and the fact that she just kind of fell from the sky.

Emcee did not know what to do. Before he had to decide, though, the woman stirred and sat up. She looked around, bedazzled, then saw Emcee. She blinked, rubbed her eyes a few times, then said, “Emcee?”

He was taken aback. It was a common knowledge that spirits usually know of the one who had called upon them, but Emcee had since long decided that the woman was not a spirit. So how did she know his name? It was all very weird.

The woman herself looked very surprised to see Emcee standing before her. She muttered to herself, “Reincarnation, no? But it has been very quick; the memories merging themselves and the circle itself is a long process, and he was gone for no further than three weeks, so how come? And even then, the holistic distribution…” Eventually she stopped muttering, shook her head and said, “Foncused.”

There was silence for a few moments.

Emcee did not know what to do. He kept trying to say something, but always ending up in silence. “Er, you… I mean, what… Spirits, no? But… can’t be, though… You don’t… You’re not, I mean…?”

Silence again, now probably longer than before.

And then, the woman got the better of herself and she cleared her throat. “Uhh, anyway, I don’t suppose you can provide me some change of clothes, can you? I mean,” she looked at herself, and pulled her face. “Mud, eww… And oh, I’m Luppi, by the way,” she grinned and stuck out her hand. Emcee, who was still not recovering from the shock, shook her hand with a blank look on his face.

“Er, hello?” Luppi waved her hand in front of Emcee’s head. Emcee snapped back onto focus, and stuttered, “Uh, er, okay, I guess. You’ll want some change of refreshments, and clothes, er, I mean, clothes of refreshments and changes, uh no, whatever. Er hem. Well, come with me guess, I then. I mean, come with me then, I guess.” And he started walking.

Luppi stood on the spot for a moment, then ran after Emcee. “Er, what’s your name again?” She tried to strike up a conversation. Emcee took a deep breath, then exhaled. “I’m… I’m Emcee. And… And you’re Luppi, right?” The girl nodded. “So, where is this, anyway?”

“Uhh… It’s… the Spring Field. And… that hill over yonder, see?” Emcee pointed to a place ahead of them, where three peaks of hills could be seen jutting out against the clear blue sky. Luppi nodded. “Well, at the foot of the hill is my village, Ardes.”

“Ardes?” Luppi had never ever heard the name of the village before.

“Yeah, why?” Emcee asked. He was gaining his confidence now; Emcee is a rather timid boy but he gets on very easily with people, and when he does, he has no problem whatsoever to communicate with them. His only problem was that if he met someone equally timid, none would break the ice and both would remain quiet.

“Er, what’s this country’s name, then?”

“Marsted. You didn’t know that? Where are you from, actually? I saw you, well, falling from the sky, but…?”

“No, I did not. And this place… I never heard of a country named Marsted. Is this a new country, or what?”

Emcee shrugged. “I don’t know. I’ve no idea how long this country has been around. I’m never good at these things. Well, the elders do say that this country is over one hundred years old since its foundation, so it must have been here before 1397, I guess.”

Luppi was taken aback. “1… 397? You don’t say this is the year of fourteen ninety-?”

“Seven. No I did not say so, yet. But yes, this is nineteen forty seven. Something wrong?” Emcee asked, sensing there was something wrong with Luppi’s expression.

Luppi said nothing for a while, then shook her head. “Foncused.”

“Foncused?”

“Well, it’s what my Lieutenant likes to say, in a spot like this…”

“Lieutenant? Whoa, you are a captain? Of what, an army?” Emcee was impressed; living in a small village far from town in peaceful times, made him grew up to think of Captains as someone wonderful who must know everything and is an outstanding person who has an impressive amount of power and influence.

“Uhh, really…” and she proceeded to tell Emcee about the Soul Society, its inhabitants, dead persons’ souls, Hollows and all those things.

“Oh wow,” Emcee said when she was done, about five minutes later. “And here I used to think that Summon Spirits are everything. Wow,” he repeated slowly, amazed.

“Summon… Spirits?” Now that’s something new for Luppi.

“Mhm, yeah. You see, the actual reason I was out with this net was because of a stupid rumour that says there’s supposedly a roaming spirit around, but meh, really…” he trailed off.

“Spirits…” Luppi said in an awestruck voice. “What do they do?”

“Uhh… They control the various elements they’re supposed to be embodied with. Like, water, fire, ice… You get it.”

“So, er, if they do control these elements, what would happen if you catch them? Would you have the power to control those elements, then?”

“In some way. It’s not like if you catch the Water Spirit you can control all the water in the world, no. These bigger authorities are given to the Greater Craymels. These Greater Craymels reside in a different world than ours, keeping tabs on the peace on Earth. Fragments of their powers are scattered on Earth, these are the actual Spirits I have been telling you about.” Emcee explained. “Well that’s what they told me, at any rate,” he concluded.

“Oooohhh…” Apparently the concept of Spirits and Craymels to Luppi, whatever they are, was very strange. She still could not understand what had happened in the Soul Society, and she was flung off to Earth, apparently had skipped back a few years (a few centuries, exactly), and she met a supposedly dead Captain from the Soul Society with even the same name, and now this. She did not know what should be her next step; look for the others, obviously, but where does she start from? And even if, by some miraculous occurrence, she managed to find her fellow Captains, what would they do after that? Return to Soul Society? How? Why? What? How much? Which one? Aaaargh. It was all very complex.

Ten minutes walking through the valley, (it was filled with small shrubs, scurrying animals and slippery slopes) they reached Ardes. It was a rather big village and there were noises everywhere; the whole village was alive. People hurrying over there, buyer and seller haggling goods here, men working on fields of crop, poultry everywhere. It was a place that was bustling with activity and brimming with all sorts of goings-on. Emcee went straight ahead and soon after the pair reached a house (some people regarded Luppi with a you-need-a-bath-you-know look on their faces) which seemed to be Emcee’s; he went inside. Luppi followed suit.

“Uncle, I’m back,” Emcee shouted. “I’ve brought someone along, too.”

A head popped out from a small door somewhere to their right. It was a balding old man with glasses with a fatherly look on his face. “Ah, who’s this friend of yours?” He smiled, then nodded at Luppi. “Uhh, actually, I just met her this morning. But she’s needing some changes and refreshment,” Emcee said.

“Ah, I see, I see. Well then, see if we can accommodate her or anything. Go ask your aunt,” he beamed, then closed the door.

“So that’s your…?” Luppi asked.

“Uncle, yeah. Uncle Taps. I don’t have any true relation with him, though. My parents died while I was little and they kind of adopted me, I suppose.”

. . .

It was night. Luppi lay on her bed in the guest room, thinking about the day. There was an explosion. Then the capsule thingy. Then she was flung on Earth, and somehow went way back into the past. Then she met a supposedly dead Captain. Then she discovered about Spirits and Craymels. Then she followed Emcee home. Met Uncle Taps, who was a kindly man. And his wife, Aunt Farissa, who looked intimidating but was in reality an easygoing woman. She has quite the same stature as Luppi, thus she had no trouble lending her clothes to Luppi. Then they had dinner, and Luppi had to make up a story about her life because ‘falling from the sky’ wouldn’t be a suitable (and believable) story at all especially to two old person, who would reckon at once she was either off her nuts or was a witch.

Then there was, of course, the unexplainable fact why she cannot feel her own reiatsu and her fellow Captains, too.

Her ‘weird black dress’ (as Emcee put it) and her Captain robe were now hanging in her room, drying. Her zanpakto was on her side. Luppi yawned.

Think, she thought, think. She closed her eyes. What would be the next step? Try to search for the other Captains? Where to start? Any signs, clues, or anything? Wander aimlessly in the world and hope that fate will guide her through? Stay in the village and wait for the others, instead, to come? Go around the vicinity, searching other villages, towns and places in hope to find them? And once found? Sort out the problem, how? Think of a way to go back to Soul Society? Find the cause of the whole bizarre thing? Try to…

Luppi fell asleep, her own questions left unanswered. As her mind was settling down, something spoke that made her awoke with a jerk.

It was a rough, hoarse voice which was mixed with a Californian accent. “Luppi, get up. There’s something you need to know. We’re in deep ****.”

Luppi’s eyes flung open. There was nobody around her. But the voice was too clear to be her imagination, and she was not actually in deep sleep yet so it could not have been her dream.

“No, not dream, nor imagination, nor déjà vu, whatever that is. I’m as real as you are.”


Yay, finally done. XP

EDIT I never knew SPPf censored the word sh!t. Ahahah XD

I like Pokemon (...)
18th January 2010, 6:53 PM
@Arceus
You don't know how much I groaned at the first word XP Emcee... God, I'm glad I didn't become Aielpy Elipses.

6th paragraph in (including the first line as a paragraph):

Summon Spirits don’t go around falling into people’s nets, they engage humans in a fight instead to prove their worth of mastering the spirit,
Very nitpicky, yes, but that's what you get for letting me read a fanfic XP

FONCUSED


...this country is over one hundred years old since its foundation, so it must have been here before 1397, I guess.”

Luppi was taken aback. “1… 397? You don’t say this is the year of nineteen forty-?”

“Seven..."

1397
+ 100
-------
1497

Nineteen forty-seven = 1947

Unless this is another 11-7 = 3 in-joke... pwned

A californian accent? God, I must be mental to have Youtube'd that...

We're in deep ****= lol

Hmm... Perhaps the voices are the spirit of their zanpakutou's...? I don't remember all that much from the previous chapters, but it seems like it could be.

MasterCharizard15
18th January 2010, 7:00 PM
@Arecus03
Best.Chapter.Ever.

What would be your best field?
1. Kido
2. Zanjutsu
3. Hoho
4. Haduka

EDIT:
@Ilp
EMCEE!!!
*Hits you with a plushie*
>.>

invaderdim
18th January 2010, 10:18 PM
What would be your best field?
kido (specifically bakudo but skilled in a few higher strength kido)
zanjutsu
hoho(specifically in bankai when i absorb most of the opponents reiatsu)

and bravo on going all out mc >_>
I WENT EASY ON YOOOOU!!!!
:P

just to update you all, me and mc had a fight that came out of nowhere for some reason or other

MasterCharizard15
18th January 2010, 10:59 PM
and bravo on going all out mc >_>
I WENT EASY ON YOOOOU!!!!
:P

just to update you all, me and mc had a fight that came out of nowhere for some reason or other

-_-
You went bankai...and trired yto drain my energy twice.
Never Challenge Squad 6...>D

Favorite Characters favorite Color?

Random Topics!

Eon Master
18th January 2010, 11:06 PM
Lol, MC you resorted to sucking out his body heat and freezing him to death.

Favorite Characters favorite Color?

Blue, I think.

@Arc: Nice new chapter. Wonder who the dark figure standing over Luppi is ;)

invaderdim
18th January 2010, 11:09 PM
yeahyeah, next time ill just paralyze you for the whole battle :)
nad ive got a new skill for my zan i need to run past NL :) nothing goo for fighing, just something intersting

and isshin's fav colour ahs got to pink manly PIIINK with a hint of gold

I like Pokemon (...)
18th January 2010, 11:15 PM
Favorite Characters favorite Color?


Yes, random topic is random. Someone should probably archive all of our topics (including the ones in our first club) to see what we've done, what we haven't done, and to perhaps repeat some topics (that newcomers would not have done...)

ANYWAY. Black :3 With green a close second Just like me

Emperor Giratina
19th January 2010, 1:52 PM
Favorite Characters favorite Color?

Ulqiuorra- Dark Green

What car would your favorite character drive if they were to enter a race?

Blame all the fast cars for this one. *sigh* Me and my obsession for sports cars... Anyway, I'll make my post later, I'm listening to Are 'Friends' Electric by Gary Numan so I can't think straight.

arceus03
19th January 2010, 3:16 PM
^Yep, listening to songs while working distracts one too much ><


@Arceus
You don't know how much I groaned at the first word XP Emcee... God, I'm glad I didn't become Aielpy Elipses.

Very nitpicky, yes, but that's what you get for letting me read a fanfic XP

FONCUSED

Nineteen forty-seven = 1947

Unless this is another 11-7 = 3 in-joke... pwned


XP Aielpy doesn't have a meaning. Emcee does though. XD Well just as well I didn't write NL something as like.... don't wanna spell it ><

I don't mind XD
Go ahead and point them all out, I'll edit them.

Yes, foncused. XP

And that 1947 was a typo. XD
not a 11-3=7 though
And originally it was 11-3=7, not 11-7=3. XD

Archiving ALL topics.... Seems like a hard work O.o
Like perusing over... (what was the previous club's number of posts?) IIRC it was 5000+



just to update you all, me and mc had a fight that came out of nowhere for some reason or other

MC had random fights with everyone XD

Including me



@Arc: Nice new chapter. Wonder who the dark figure standing over Luppi is ;)

Dark figure who? O.o;

Colour topic
Dunno really O.o
I know that Unohana has a grayish-pink underside colour for her haori, but...
I'll go for light blue/kido-type green. =D

Car topic
Mhmm... Unohana doesn't drive. XD

Subs out tomorrow XD
Imma looking forward for some good fights with Zanpakto and Menos.

On a totally random and unrelated note, does Soul Society has guitars? Since Hisagi plays them O.o
Oh wait. No. He found one on a mission... Never knew it XD

Golde
20th January 2010, 12:05 AM
A clear, starry night - exactly one night after the Medusa/Iki incident.

~~~

Alexa Sasaki stood in front of the South gate. She rubbed a hand through her spiky, dirty blonde hair before starting to pace back and forth; she couldn’t stand to stay still for long at all…

She looked up to the heavens for just a moment, before resuming her aggravated pace.

~~~

Barney Sato brushed some dust and dirt from the North gate. “This was once such a majestic door…” he mumbled, “Before these insolent fools started to ignore it.”

He stretched his back, which was stiff from years of stress. He looked at the chair Golde had left for him.

That boy worries too much, he thought. However, after a minute, he swallowed his pride, and took a seat.

~~~

Shuujuu was scratching his ear, and had been for about five minutes now. He never understood why animals loved it so much, until that one fateful afternoon…

He stopped, and closed his eyes for just a second. He sensed no one around, except the other patrolling shinigami.

…He started to wonder exactly what would happen to the Soul Society in the near future…

Then started to scratch his ear again.

~~~

191, 192, 193.

Joubu, at the West gate, was concentrating on training to pass the time. He hadn’t sensed anyone, but was more than confident he could sense them coming long before they arrived.

198, 199, 200. He stood, clapped his hands together, ridding them of dirt. He gazed out toward the forest for just a moment…

“300 next…”

~~~

Tamarensa Animus dashed through the woods, at a frighteningly fast pace.

Tamarensa was a young woman, number 7 in the rankings. She had light brown hair, tied back in a braid. She wore a black blouse, a black skort, and had a white jacket wrapped around her waist.

The strangest thing about Tamarensa was her weapon; though she appeared but twelve or thirteen, she carried a large, spiked ball in her left hand, connected by a chain to a dagger in her right hand.

She was late, unfortunately. The trip was farther than she had thought.

I know I shouldn’t have taken that break, she thought. I must hurry, I must prove myself to him!

She jumped.

~~~

Dosu Isou laid his zanpaktou in the corner, before removing his haori and lying down. His joints were stiff; he had been at it all day. His eyes were heavy, and he was sure he’d pass out as soon as his head touched that pillow…

~~~

Tamarensa landed hard on the top of a wall, quickly jumped down, and blended into the shadows.

She started to reduce her spiritual pressure, another simple technique that worked quite well. Any nearby, low-ranking shinigami wouldn’t know she was there…

~~~

Mizuhashi Akira stepped outside, taking in the wonderfully cool midnight air. He had had 6 patients in the past half hour, and for some reason, they all thought that it was 3rd Seat serious.

He sat down for just second, letting his muscles relax. He began to reflect on how much life had changed in just a few short weeks.

He stood, and, this being his break and all, he decided to take a short walk.

~~~

There was no getting around it, these two would die.

Tamarensa came to a large gate, the entrance to the 4th Squad Area. Unfortunately, two guards were outside of it.

So, just two? They underestimate us.

She threw the dagger, lodging it deep in the temple of the left guard. Before the second guard realized exactly what was going on, she jumped out, pulled her blade back, and, with a spin, she sent the dagger and chain flying, cutting a long gash the second mans face.

They seriously think these two could stop me from getting to the Captain?

The final blow, of course, was the large, spiked ball straight down onto his head.

~~~

Mizuhashi quite enjoyed his new job as 3rd Seat, he got quite a bit of free rein, but for most of the time, he was helping those in need of medical attention.

And, of course, being 3rd Seat, he pretty much ruled the hospital, since the Captain was never around there anyway; he was busy with important affairs.

He was quite enjoying this walk. It was very peaceful…

He was approaching the exit to the 4th Squad area.

He turned the corner.

~~~

Tamarensa, after hiding the bodies, ran through the gate. She had been assigned to kill the Captain, and as many others as possible upon her retreat.

This would surely prove her worth to their leader.

She quickly turned the corner.

~~~

Dre Inase, who happened to be on guard duty, thought he heard something over by where the 4th Squad resides…

He dashed toward the gate, to find blood on the wall and ground. He almost missed it; there were no bodies.

“What the hell…” He was usually calm and collected, but this was freaky. He drew his sword, and looked around, sensing pressure...

Nothing…but…Mizuhashi?…Wait, maybe…he thought about it, Mizuhashi, a fellow graduate.

He was a healer…why the elevated spiritual pressure?

He ran through the gate.

~~~

Mizuhashi’s sword met with Tamarensa’s dagger.

“What the…” Mizuhashi barely had the time to defend himself.

“Tch!” Tamarensa was mad at herself. She hadn’t sensed the runt till now?

They both jumped back.

“Who are you?” Mizuhashi tried, knowing it would probably be futile.

His comment was met with the dagger, thrown straight at him. He deflected it easily, but noticed the chain, spinning…around him…sh*t.

He jumped, just in time to see a large, spiked ball swipe the air where he was just standing.

This wouldn’t be easy. He couldn’t hold back.

“Itoshigaru, Tsukibana!”

His sword melted, forming into water, surrounding him completely.

As he fell down to Tamarensa, he prepped Tsukibana.

”We can do this", he muttered. "We can take her, right?”

He was just a second too late when he collided with the ground; Tamarensa barely had time to shunpo away.

She landed on one foot, launching back at Mizuhashi. The giant, spiked ball hit the water barrier. Luckily, the impact was absorbed. The water rushed to cover it more, to hopefully drag Tamarensa, or at least her weapon, in.

She quickly pulled it back, leaving a huge hole in Mizuhashi’s defenses where the weapon was.

She dashed toward it, striking his arm with a dagger before the water had time to regenerate.

A quick moan of pain was all that escaped Mizuhashi’s lips, but the water was already fixing his arm. This was nothing.

Mizuhashi was now striking the surrounding water with his fists, sending blasts of water at Tamarensa. Of course, she dodged them all.

She jumped just above Mizuhashi, before crashing her spiked ball into the wall next to him. The water was forced to protect him by stopping the wall…which left quite the weak spot in his defenses.

As she lunged at him, Mizuhashi jumped back, and commanded the water to raise the wall, hopefully making her trip, or at least slow her down. Unfortunately, it did neither. She jumped off the wall. Mizuhashi was now completely defenseless.

“Yakimasu Zenbu, Kitsune na Hii!”

Tamarensa was hit with a wall of fire. She crashed into a wall, before collapsing, still somewhat enflamed.

She started to roll, putting out the flames that were still enflamed. She then got to a knee, holding her ball and dagger.

Her clothes were tattered, and her right sleeve was entirely burnt up. Her mask was also chipped; A single deep, sky blue eye was visible

But she was obviously still ready to fight.

Dre Inase stood on the wall. The tall, dark man came just in the knick of time. He had his inflamed sword, Kitsune na Hii at his side. Save the hilt, the entire sword was on fire, and glowed a deep red and orange.

“Mizuhashi, come on, we need to combine our powers here.”

Mizuhashi stood. ”…You’re right about that, Dre…”

Tamarensa took this discussion as an opportunity to strike out at Dre.

Dre saw this immiedietly. He closed his eyes and held his sword in front of his face. He whispered, “Meteor Shower”

From the air above came thousands of miniature fireballs.

Tamarensa spun her dagger over her head. The spinning chain was able to protect her from most of the fireballs. When the fire stopped, she launched the dagger at him.

The dagger was caught in a quick flow of water that had shot in front of Dre’s face. A second mass of water came up behind Tamarensa and grasped at her torso.

She finally fell victim to this; her joints were constricted by the water, and she collapsed to the ground, finally captured.

Dre and Mizuhashi approached her. Mizuhashi surrounded her with more water, leaving only her head uncovered.

“Now,” said Mizuhashi, “Will you tell us anything now?”

No one saw the smile on her covered face, but they did notice the rapidly expelled spiritual pressure, which destroyed her water prison. She grabbed her weapon and lunged at Mizuhashi.

She was immiedietly struck down by a fiery blade on her left and a water spike on her right.

She fell to the ground, bleeding, slowly dying. She was done fighting. For real, this time.

“Finally…” Dre said, as he sheathed his sword. “What now?”

Neither Mizuhashi nor Dre were cold-hearted, Dre only asked because technically, Mizuhashi was a much higher ranking member.

“Well,” he started, sending his water over her…”I think it’s obvious…”

~~~

*Chirp Chirp Chirp*

~~~

Yet another Captains meeting had started…Golde had assembled those who wished to attend, with a mandatory attendance for Squad Captains 4 and 5. The only ones absent were Barney Sato, who had volunteered to stay guard, and to be informed via butterfly, and, of course, the Squad 12 Captain.

“Unfortunately,” Said Golde who was very stressed today, as shown by the twitching eye…”Yet again, we were infiltrated. Two casualties, this time, which is much less than the last time. However, I, for one, refuse to be consoled by that fact. The people in the Soul Society are in danger, and somehow, we still haven’t figured out how they keep doing this…”

He looked around, and sighed. “Fortunately, Fourth Squads Seat 3, Mizuhashi Akira, with assistance from Dre Inase of Squad 5, have managed to capture another member of this organization.”

”Dosu…” He turned to the 4th Squad Captain… “What is her status?”

”Stable.”

”Good…Alex…”

”Yes sir?” The fifth captain snapped to attention.

”Consider Dre’s power…next time an opportunity comes, it might do some good to promote him…at the very least, make sure he’s congratulated.”

”I will sir.”

“That goes for the recent exploits of those from Squads 7 and 8, as well…”

“Sir.”

“Well…dismissed…”

~~~

The man with golden eyes sat on the floor with his eyes closed.

Takai entered the room, slowly. “Noza, sir. You are aware of this, correct?”

“I am, Takai.”

”So, what do you intend to do of this?”

”What do you think I am intending to do? We’ve sent four of our members out already. Our little group has almost been halved in just a few short days.”

“But, Noza, sir, those were all risky operations, and with our weakest members, too. Now, if you’re preparing for what I think...”

He opened his eyes and rose from his Indian-style sitting position. ”Takai, don’t be ignorant. You know as well as I do, a full-scale invasion is the only option here. Now, of course, it will appear as if we’re outnumbered…but, think about it. 6 of the strongest warriors alive, both yours and my special techniques, as well as those 3 that were captured, once they're freed...and, no holding back this time.”

“So…as I thought…”

”Gather the men, Takai, there are things I must discuss with them.”

He stared out the large window of the stone hideout.

“The Shinigami Slayers will have their day.”




Oh, and I'm working on a Bleach Fan Fiction. It will be my first ever Fan Fiction so please tell me were I go wrong and flames, of any kind, won't be accepted. By the way, it's a cross-over of Bleach and... and... Car Racing, yes, I said Car Racing (yes people! I'm crazzzyyy!!!). Apart from a Bleach fan, I'm also an Automobile and Street Racing fanatic! :D

Warning you right now, probably won't read. Ever heard of YuGiOh 5Ds? That's why. But you're welcome to do it.

@arceus03 - Love the new Squad 4 poster, man~

@NL - Would it be possible to make a Header for Contests? Like, "Hall of Fame" or something like that? Maybe a few suggestions, anyone, for contest winners.


@ EVERYONE IN THE BATTLE CONTEST - Hurry up >< You guys need to hurry so the thing can actually start.

Zameric
20th January 2010, 3:18 AM
Chapter 4

Emcee was out in the valley, a huge net on his shoulder, eyes searching wildly.

There was a rumour that a Summon Spirit was roaming in the vicinity, out of its dwelling place for reasons none knows why. Emcee did not know what to make of it; Summon Spirits don’t usually roam freely around the places even if their lair was destroyed, since they would simply just find another place to live in. But, he reckoned, there’s nothing wrong in checking out a rumour – you lose nothing if it’s false, but you gain something if it’s true.

Hence there was Emcee, his huge net trailing behind him as he trudged slowly through the muddy valley – it had rained the day before, and the earth is quite slippery. Once or twice he skidded, but managed to stop just in time before falling helter-skelter onto the soft squelchy ground.

Suddenly, his sharp eyes caught something. It was a black speck in the sky, high up above him, but it seemed to be falling. Even as he watched, the black speck was getting bigger every passing second. Emcee acted on instinct, he targeted where the black speck would fall, carefully made his way there, waited, and stuck out his net. His heart was thumping with elation; what could this thing be? Could the rumour about the Summon Spirit be true, after all?

A few moments passed and finally the thing fell into the net, which, unable to break the fall successfully, (though it did absorb most of the impact) tore with a loud rip. The ‘thing’ (or Summon Spirit, as Emcee thought) fell beneath onto the soft squishy ground.

Emcee looked at the thing that fell, and his spirits fell. It was not a Summon Spirit, after all. In fact, deep down inside, from the start, Emcee had thought that it was impossible – Summon Spirits don’t go around falling into people’s nets, they engage humans in a fight instead to prove their worth of mastering the spirit, and make a pact if the human manages to defeat the spirit. Plus, this ‘thing’ that fell did not hold any resemblance to a spirit. Summon Spirits usually take a bestial or mythical form; even the most humane-looking of them had a distinctive feature that differentiates them from normal mortal, be it extra or lack of limbs or different skin colour or whatever else. But this, it looks like a normal human from every aspect, only the part that stuck out was maybe her (it was a woman, according to Emcee’s evaluation) weird outfit and the fact that she just kind of fell from the sky.

Emcee did not know what to do. Before he had to decide, though, the woman stirred and sat up. She looked around, bedazzled, then saw Emcee. She blinked, rubbed her eyes a few times, then said, “Emcee?”

He was taken aback. It was a common knowledge that spirits usually know of the one who had called upon them, but Emcee had since long decided that the woman was not a spirit. So how did she know his name? It was all very weird.

The woman herself looked very surprised to see Emcee standing before her. She muttered to herself, “Reincarnation, no? But it has been very quick; the memories merging themselves and the circle itself is a long process, and he was gone for no further than three weeks, so how come? And even then, the holistic distribution…” Eventually she stopped muttering, shook her head and said, “Foncused.”

There was silence for a few moments.

Emcee did not know what to do. He kept trying to say something, but always ending up in silence. “Er, you… I mean, what… Spirits, no? But… can’t be, though… You don’t… You’re not, I mean…?”

Silence again, now probably longer than before.

And then, the woman got the better of herself and she cleared her throat. “Uhh, anyway, I don’t suppose you can provide me some change of clothes, can you? I mean,” she looked at herself, and pulled her face. “Mud, eww… And oh, I’m Luppi, by the way,” she grinned and stuck out her hand. Emcee, who was still not recovering from the shock, shook her hand with a blank look on his face.

“Er, hello?” Luppi waved her hand in front of Emcee’s head. Emcee snapped back onto focus, and stuttered, “Uh, er, okay, I guess. You’ll want some change of refreshments, and clothes, er, I mean, clothes of refreshments and changes, uh no, whatever. Er hem. Well, come with me guess, I then. I mean, come with me then, I guess.” And he started walking.

Luppi stood on the spot for a moment, then ran after Emcee. “Er, what’s your name again?” She tried to strike up a conversation. Emcee took a deep breath, then exhaled. “I’m… I’m Emcee. And… And you’re Luppi, right?” The girl nodded. “So, where is this, anyway?”

“Uhh… It’s… the Spring Field. And… that hill over yonder, see?” Emcee pointed to a place ahead of them, where three peaks of hills could be seen jutting out against the clear blue sky. Luppi nodded. “Well, at the foot of the hill is my village, Ardes.”

“Ardes?” Luppi had never ever heard the name of the village before.

“Yeah, why?” Emcee asked. He was gaining his confidence now; Emcee is a rather timid boy but he gets on very easily with people, and when he does, he has no problem whatsoever to communicate with them. His only problem was that if he met someone equally timid, none would break the ice and both would remain quiet.

“Er, what’s this country’s name, then?”

“Marsted. You didn’t know that? Where are you from, actually? I saw you, well, falling from the sky, but…?”

“No, I did not. And this place… I never heard of a country named Marsted. Is this a new country, or what?”

Emcee shrugged. “I don’t know. I’ve no idea how long this country has been around. I’m never good at these things. Well, the elders do say that this country is over one hundred years old since its foundation, so it must have been here before 1397, I guess.”

Luppi was taken aback. “1… 397? You don’t say this is the year of fourteen ninety-?”

“Seven. No I did not say so, yet. But yes, this is nineteen forty seven. Something wrong?” Emcee asked, sensing there was something wrong with Luppi’s expression.

Luppi said nothing for a while, then shook her head. “Foncused.”

“Foncused?”

“Well, it’s what my Lieutenant likes to say, in a spot like this…”

“Lieutenant? Whoa, you are a captain? Of what, an army?” Emcee was impressed; living in a small village far from town in peaceful times, made him grew up to think of Captains as someone wonderful who must know everything and is an outstanding person who has an impressive amount of power and influence.

“Uhh, really…” and she proceeded to tell Emcee about the Soul Society, its inhabitants, dead persons’ souls, Hollows and all those things.

“Oh wow,” Emcee said when she was done, about five minutes later. “And here I used to think that Summon Spirits are everything. Wow,” he repeated slowly, amazed.

“Summon… Spirits?” Now that’s something new for Luppi.

“Mhm, yeah. You see, the actual reason I was out with this net was because of a stupid rumour that says there’s supposedly a roaming spirit around, but meh, really…” he trailed off.

“Spirits…” Luppi said in an awestruck voice. “What do they do?”

“Uhh… They control the various elements they’re supposed to be embodied with. Like, water, fire, ice… You get it.”

“So, er, if they do control these elements, what would happen if you catch them? Would you have the power to control those elements, then?”

“In some way. It’s not like if you catch the Water Spirit you can control all the water in the world, no. These bigger authorities are given to the Greater Craymels. These Greater Craymels reside in a different world than ours, keeping tabs on the peace on Earth. Fragments of their powers are scattered on Earth, these are the actual Spirits I have been telling you about.” Emcee explained. “Well that’s what they told me, at any rate,” he concluded.

“Oooohhh…” Apparently the concept of Spirits and Craymels to Luppi, whatever they are, was very strange. She still could not understand what had happened in the Soul Society, and she was flung off to Earth, apparently had skipped back a few years (a few centuries, exactly), and she met a supposedly dead Captain from the Soul Society with even the same name, and now this. She did not know what should be her next step; look for the others, obviously, but where does she start from? And even if, by some miraculous occurrence, she managed to find her fellow Captains, what would they do after that? Return to Soul Society? How? Why? What? How much? Which one? Aaaargh. It was all very complex.

Ten minutes walking through the valley, (it was filled with small shrubs, scurrying animals and slippery slopes) they reached Ardes. It was a rather big village and there were noises everywhere; the whole village was alive. People hurrying over there, buyer and seller haggling goods here, men working on fields of crop, poultry everywhere. It was a place that was bustling with activity and brimming with all sorts of goings-on. Emcee went straight ahead and soon after the pair reached a house (some people regarded Luppi with a you-need-a-bath-you-know look on their faces) which seemed to be Emcee’s; he went inside. Luppi followed suit.

“Uncle, I’m back,” Emcee shouted. “I’ve brought someone along, too.”

A head popped out from a small door somewhere to their right. It was a balding old man with glasses with a fatherly look on his face. “Ah, who’s this friend of yours?” He smiled, then nodded at Luppi. “Uhh, actually, I just met her this morning. But she’s needing some changes and refreshment,” Emcee said.

“Ah, I see, I see. Well then, see if we can accommodate her or anything. Go ask your aunt,” he beamed, then closed the door.

“So that’s your…?” Luppi asked.

“Uncle, yeah. Uncle Taps. I don’t have any true relation with him, though. My parents died while I was little and they kind of adopted me, I suppose.”

. . .

It was night. Luppi lay on her bed in the guest room, thinking about the day. There was an explosion. Then the capsule thingy. Then she was flung on Earth, and somehow went way back into the past. Then she met a supposedly dead Captain. Then she discovered about Spirits and Craymels. Then she followed Emcee home. Met Uncle Taps, who was a kindly man. And his wife, Aunt Farissa, who looked intimidating but was in reality an easygoing woman. She has quite the same stature as Luppi, thus she had no trouble lending her clothes to Luppi. Then they had dinner, and Luppi had to make up a story about her life because ‘falling from the sky’ wouldn’t be a suitable (and believable) story at all especially to two old person, who would reckon at once she was either off her nuts or was a witch.

Then there was, of course, the unexplainable fact why she cannot feel her own reiatsu and her fellow Captains, too.

Her ‘weird black dress’ (as Emcee put it) and her Captain robe were now hanging in her room, drying. Her zanpakto was on her side. Luppi yawned.

Think, she thought, think. She closed her eyes. What would be the next step? Try to search for the other Captains? Where to start? Any signs, clues, or anything? Wander aimlessly in the world and hope that fate will guide her through? Stay in the village and wait for the others, instead, to come? Go around the vicinity, searching other villages, towns and places in hope to find them? And once found? Sort out the problem, how? Think of a way to go back to Soul Society? Find the cause of the whole bizarre thing? Try to…

Luppi fell asleep, her own questions left unanswered. As her mind was settling down, something spoke that made her awoke with a jerk.

It was a rough, hoarse voice which was mixed with a Californian accent. “Luppi, get up. There’s something you need to know. We’re in deep ****.”

Luppi’s eyes flung open. There was nobody around her. But the voice was too clear to be her imagination, and she was not actually in deep sleep yet so it could not have been her dream.

“No, not dream, nor imagination, nor déjà vu, whatever that is. I’m as real as you are.”


Yay, finally done. XP

EDIT I never knew SPPf censored the word sh!t. Ahahah XD
Another great chapter. :)
Ant needs to not be so nit-picky


Favorite Characters favorite Color?
For Chad, dark red I guess.

What car would your favorite character drive if they were to enter a race?
Chad would look bad-*** in this (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lamborghini_Diablo)! >D
Italian, Spanish... close enough

Senbonzakura
20th January 2010, 3:36 AM
ColourTopic: Ummm i dont know?

CarTopic: I know nothing about cars.

Sub:
Well i enjoyed the episode personally. It was pretty cool for them to close the garganta with spiritual pressure i liked it but i cant imagine how it would have felt for like people who are weaker.

Also Sode no Shirayuki had some pretty cool moves when she did her first dance P:

and it appears that the inside of that ugly thing is muramasa's like spirit world although i thought that place was Kouga's soul but anything goes in fillers.

Zameric
20th January 2010, 4:00 AM
Well that was a pretty god episode.

THAT WAS A ****-LOAD OF MENOS GRANDE! XD

Gegetsuburi-san...xD

The Shinigami Illustration Picture Book was hilarious! At first I thought, "oh no, here comes the yaoi material." Then they completely turned that around. XD

@ Senbonzakura
No, that's Kouga's/Muramasa's spirit world.

MasterCharizard15
20th January 2010, 4:18 AM
ColourTopic:
Halibel=Yellow and light blue...?
CarTopic:
Ask her. DX

@ EVERYONE IN THE BATTLE CONTEST - Hurry up >< You guys need to hurry so the thing can actually start.
...
...Listen to him...or I'll find you.

EDIT:
Newest chapter!
http://www.fanfiction.net/s/5086712/19/

arceus03
20th January 2010, 3:43 PM
@arceus03 - Love the new Squad 4 poster, man~

@ EVERYONE IN THE BATTLE CONTEST - Hurry up >< You guys need to hurry so the thing can actually start.

Squad 4 poster.... what? Oh, that one on my Squad page? I made that ages ago XD But thanks xP
Kudos to you if you notice the small message at the bottom.... XDD

And yeahh, hurry up with the battle contest already >>


Another great chapter. :)
Ant needs to not be so nit-picky


Thanks. XP
lol. I don't mind, really XD

New episode-
The final part was funny. Everyone was shouting, I think. XD
Except for Sode no Shirayuki XDDDD

And the death glares everyone had while increasing their reiatsu... Awesome~

I.... hate.... the..... preview ><
Next episode, another Ichigo battle >>
AAAAAAAAAAAA

Odds on he will be using his mask and Getsuga Tensho? Positive.
Ah well.... >>

I wonder what the 10 episodes on Zanpakto will be? Hmmm..

At any rate I can't wait to see Tiburon, Arrogante, Sakanade, Jakuho Raikoben and everything else. Buuuuut we still have Ichigo vs Ulquiorra to go first too.. Ahh... ><

Oh, spoilers- Though I don't know whether to believe them still or not, now >.>

It says there...
Source: BA
Credit: Negativezero
Verification: Confirmed

Nothing much regarding spoilers, just a lot of chatter, all the crap about coming to protect Ichigo...
Hitsugaya goes bankai.
Kyouraku finds a weakness and attacks.

Oh crap. I'm hoping this is a fake one ><
3 weeks of break, then Aizen and Ichigo, then this?
I was hoping for some action already ><
Ah well. Let's just hope the dialogues are worth reading, at any rate. Mhmm..

Any bets on Aizen or Ichigo or another character losing an arm? XP

On another random note and unrelated to Bleach whatsoever, A Song of Storm and Fire is awesome.

Senbonzakura
21st January 2010, 3:34 AM
@Eon: When are you on? i think out timeszones dont line up S:

manga:

well i liked it and on OM it got bad reviews lol but they hate everything hahah but i got to see some shunsui action so its all good

and lol @ when he said guys talking is boring P:

also unohana is there! there ya go arc lol

oh and a theory i heard about the whereabout of gin is that he is destroying the pillars. idk if i believe it or not lol

Zameric
21st January 2010, 7:39 AM
I was right, Unohana was off healing someone. xD

There was quite a bit of talking, but that's fine.

The next chapter looks like it's going to be good. :)

Eon Master
21st January 2010, 6:25 PM
@Eon: When are you on? i think out timeszones dont line up S:

I'll be on tonight. That'd be ideal.

Northern Lights
21st January 2010, 7:27 PM
And yeahh, hurry up with the battle contest already >>

can i just mention - i really can't be arsed atm. I'm too busy, so either i leave and do other stuffs or you're gonna sit tight and wait.

I'm not just going to half at a fight, i only "battle" when im in a "fighty" mood, of which i have not been lately.


@NL - Would it be possible to make a Header for Contests? Like, "Hall of Fame" or something like that? Maybe a few suggestions, anyone, for contest winners.

Yar, i can do that - just tell me what you want it to say for definate

arceus03
22nd January 2010, 12:51 AM
manga:


also unohana is there! there ya go arc lol


Ah well. At least the dialogues are worth it >>
And I like what Shinji said 8D
"You brought back Unohana san...
That was probably the best decision for the battle"

Because, this (to me) it means that she will have some role in fighting, at least. XD See, Orihime can heal as well as Unohana, so why did Shinji said it was the best decision? Cause she might join the fighting XD

Just my retarded theory though :P

Or he could just simply mean that Unohana can heal lots of the wounded at once as opposed to Orihime. Ah well.........

OH. What technique did Aizen use to block Shunsui's attack from his side, does anyone know?

"I came here to do violence to you"
gay joke

Zameric
22nd January 2010, 6:16 PM
Ah well. At least the dialogues are worth it >>
And I like what Shinji said 8D
"You brought back Unohana san...
That was probably the best decision for the battle"

Because, this (to me) it means that she will have some role in fighting, at least. XD See, Orihime can heal as well as Unohana, so why did Shinji said it was the best decision? Cause she might join the fighting XD

Just my retarded theory though :P

Or he could just simply mean that Unohana can heal lots of the wounded at once as opposed to Orihime. Ah well.........

OH. What technique did Aizen use to block Shunsui's attack from his side, does anyone know?

"I came here to do violence to you"
gay joke
I have no idea what that was that Aizen used to block Kyoraku's attack. But it seems similar to Bakudo #81 - Danku

Northern Lights
23rd January 2010, 1:27 PM
Seriously, what the hell. I've just had a conversation with Senny and to me it looks like Eon can't admit when he's been hit.

1) "i used bakudo 75 on him (the 5 big pillar thinigs)" - somehow he manages to get out of that, twice, the whole point of bakudo is that you CAN'T move, it takes a lot of energy to get out of that, so even if he did he wouldn't be able to do much afterwards

2) "so i used rikajokoro, the kido net and burried him underground and super compacted it but no because somehow fire works underground" - Fire does not work underground, you need Oxygen for Fire to work, not to mention that fact that there would be no room to weild your sword, in a liquified pit

3) What's worse is MC15 did absolutley nothing about this invincibility crap

I read the whole battle, and this is a prime example of precisley why took myself out of this competition and why i knew it wouldn't work - some people just cant admit when they actually been hit *shock horror*

Sorry to rant at all of you like this, but seriously this kind of behaviour drives me to the limits sometimes, i don't mean to come of as a whiney b*tch but i really couldn't let this go unnoticed, especially when this was devised to be "fun".

arceus03
23rd January 2010, 1:57 PM
I have no idea what that was that Aizen used to block Kyoraku's attack. But it seems similar to Bakudo #81 - Danku

Too narrow, don'tcha think? >.<

Oh yeah. Battle thing - that's the purpose for the log actually, also to see the fairness of the judge(s). I've been reading that, too (still reading, actually). I might comment on the whole attack/dodge thing later, but there is one thing I must point out.

1.
Bakudou 21: Sekienton! *creates a kidou wall to block attack*

Bakudo #21 is actually a spell which has the function of a smoke-bomb, not a wall.

Nothing very much, just thought I'd point that out :P

Slugs, ILPy.

Remember Chii? And how we relate her to NL because both have the same 'Ookami' in their Zanpakto name?
Well now we have ILPy and Senny... XD

Golde, how did you spell... immediately? XD *points to petals of water and shower of fire chapter*

MasterCharizard15
23rd January 2010, 4:36 PM
Seriously, what the hell. I've just had a conversation with Senny and to me it looks like Eon can't admit when he's been hit.
I've been monitoring the battle and the moves were legal...extreme ...but legal.
1) "i used bakudo 75 on him (the 5 big pillar thinigs)" - somehow he manages to get out of that, twice, the whole point of bakudo is that you CAN'T move, it takes a lot of energy to get out of that, so even if he did he wouldn't be able to do much afterwards
I said something about it...also Bakudo # 61 isn't unbreakable...Kensei broke it before...
2) "so i used rikajokoro, the kido net and burried him underground and super compacted it but no because somehow fire works underground" - Fire does not work underground, you need Oxygen for Fire to work, not to mention that fact that there would be no room to weild your sword, in a liquified pit
Wind Zanpaktou...also isn't not like he seeped underground and attacked...he smashed through the ground...
3) What's worse is MC15 did absolutley nothing about this invincibility crap
See my responce to them...
I read the whole battle, and this is a prime example of precisley why took myself out of this competition and why i knew it wouldn't work - some people just cant admit when they actually been hit *shock horror*
Okay...I can see and understand your upset over this. Does this mean that you quit the contest? Also I battled Eon before...he CAN be HIT and CAN be DEFEATED.
Sorry to rant at all of you like this, but seriously this kind of behaviour drives me to the limits sometimes, i don't mean to come of as a whiney b*tch but i really couldn't let this go unnoticed, especially when this was devised to be "fun".
Again I understand, see your points, and have them in considerartion.
Also try fighting Rotrum...now that is a person who will have 10 page argument over him getting hit. Or his attack being blocked, canceled, countered...Ect.



(i do not understand how you can break out of bakudo when you like. *waves at judges*)

Both you both should be near your limits by now...
...also both of you having been pretty much using extreme methods to aviod being damaged/captured and what not...


Raikou Hibofuu! *whips up massive flaming sparking twister that burns away all the liquid and ground and lifts me up*

At this point he still can't move his body...


Now, I'll destroy you wherever you hide! *jumps high into the sky*
Impossible. You can't move your body...unless you cancel out the bakudo somehow.

Hadou 88: Hiryugekizokushintenraihko! *shoots gigantic lightning cannon and destroys everything below me*

You have to use your hands to aim...which you can't move....



*lands, then whips up Toku Arashi*

you mean crash? Also I'm don't think you should be able to attack so soon after crashing... :blink:

Senny...

Bakudo 81: Danku

Bakudo 63: HyappoRankan

*shoots the ground up with extreme force creating massive pillars which are sharp from below and changing the battlefiled into somewhere with many hiding places and also concealing my whereabouts.*
After doing all this...you should be on empty. :unsure:

Okay Guys...Judging from the attacks...damages and how your consatntly breaking kido spells or countering deadly attacks...you should be on your final legs. Both of youSHOULD less than 10&#37; of what you spiritual pressure was when this match started...

@Everyone
I am watching the battle like a hawk and know what i'm doing. Also before you ask, Luppi and Golde know of the battle...
Finally, Don't say I'm not doing my job or a doing a good job at judging...I'm the one who made this contest in the first place. I check each kido spell, see how the person reacted to it...and took it into acount in my judgement during each round.
Right now...Eon and Senny 's battle should be about finnished.
But have used large amounts of energy to avoid,counter attacks or attack.

arceus03
23rd January 2010, 4:53 PM
Oh God. Oh God. ><

Look...


I said something about it...also Bakudo # 61 isn't unbreakable...Kensei broke it before...

Kensei broke Bakudo #63. Sajo Sabaku.
And actually, that wasn't an achievable feat for a Shinigami. Kensei did it in his Hollowfied form.
Hachi says so. (http://www.onemanga.com/Bleach/315.08/17/)


Bakudo 63: HyappoRankan
Bakudo #63 is Sajo Sabaku >.<
Hyapporankan is #62.

Just... had to say. XD
Ah, no. I thought everyone in this club supposedly has Kido as their best ability? :P

Eon Master
23rd January 2010, 8:02 PM
God, do I have to explain this here too? Raikou Hibofuu materializes from my armor outward, and it's my ultimate technique. Hachi's exact words are that he's never seen anybody break a level 60 Bakudou with PHYSICAL STRENGTH before. Giant flaming sparking twister =/= Physical Strength. Arroniero broke a weakened version of Rkiujou Koro with his bare hands before (http://www.onemanga.com/Bleach/267/03/), so I can't see why Raikou Hibofuu shouldn't have broken it.

Senny, I wasn't trying to cheat or anything, I just didn't explain myself clearly enough. I'm sorry if you though it was impossible, but I though it was reasonable. If you like, we can have a rematch, or we can try to work out a solution. If you want to just continue, that's fine too. Whatever you guys come up with is fine with me.

@Arc: Seki means barrier, so it stands to reason that Sekienton is a barrier move (not to mention it's a bakudou). I thought the reason it exploded in Omyada's face was because he sucks at kidou.

@NL: This is exactly why I never judge until I hear both sides of a story. Without knowing my logic, you have no way to understand why I did something. It wasn't meant to be cheating.

Zameric
23rd January 2010, 8:39 PM
Bakudo #63 is Sajo Sabaku and has only been broken by physical strength by Kensei when he was hollowfied. It is unknown what other types of methods have been used to break it.

Bakudo #75, Gochutekkan has been used on only Mashiro(when hollowfied) and Ichigo. Only Ichigo was able to break it with physical strength when he was hollowfied.

I'm guessing that menos class hollows(normal, vizard or arrancar) have the capability to break level 60+ Bakudo spells with brute, physical strength.

Not judging anyone, just making that observation for others to use.

Senbonzakura
24th January 2010, 2:03 AM
Arroniero broke a weakened version of Rkiujou Koro with his bare hands before (http://www.onemanga.com/Bleach/267/03/),
I would just like to point out on that one that it takes reiatsu to maintain a kido, it served its purpose of keeping him in place for the sokatsui to get the wall but rukia probably didnt care so she didnt feed as much reiatsu into it so it was easilyy broken. plus rukia is an unseated officer (although i admit possibly VC level) but "im" a captain.

And i think this has blown up a bit so ill jsut continue although cbf with trying.

Any news on when dubs return?

Senbonzakura
24th January 2010, 2:12 AM
Arroniero broke a weakened version of Rkiujou Koro with his bare hands before,

I would just like to point out on that one that it takes reiatsu to maintain a kido, it served its purpose of keeping him in place for the sokatsui to get the wall but rukia probably didnt care so she didnt feed as much reiatsu into it so it was easilyy broken. plus rukia is an unseated officer (although i admit possibly VC level) but "im" a captain.



And i think this has blown up a bit so ill jsut continue although cbf with trying.



Any news on when dubs return?

Golde
24th January 2010, 3:23 AM
Golde, how did you spell... immediately? XD *points to petals of water and shower of fire chapter*

>.> I can't spell that word, and I couldn't back then even more.




@Everyone
I am watching the battle like a hawk and know what i'm doing. Also before you ask, Luppi and Golde know of the battle...


No I didn't. And I asked to be notified when it finally started



[s]Ah, no. I thought everyone in this club supposedly has Kido as their best ability? :P

Nuh-uh. I'm crap at Kido. Like, hardly any of it I use XD

MasterCharizard15
24th January 2010, 4:14 AM
No I didn't. And I asked to be notified when it finally started
Windows Messagener Live. Check your log. Both you and Luppi got the link and I TOLD YOU!


Battle Number: 001
Combatants: Eon Master , Senbonzakura
Judge: MC
[MC-Red, Eon-Gold, Senny Green]
Okay this thread is for the battle between Senny and Eon.
I'll be judging to make sure no cheating happens.
Now....
FIGHT!


Senny: *draws sword*


Eon: *draws and shunpos behind you*
*slashes*


Senny: Hado 1: Sho
*pushes you back just far enough so sword doesn reach*

Eon: Ho... not bad.
Bakudou 4: Hainawa! *snaps a kidou rope at your sword, snagging the end of it*
Now you can't get away. *shunpos in for a stab*


Senny: Wanna wanna stop my sword? one for one then
Bakudo 9: Horin! *gets yours sword*
Hado 11: Tsuzuri Raiden!


Now this is a fight!
Bakudou 21: Sekienton! *creates a kidou wall to block attack*
Now for some Hakuda, seeing as we're both disarmed. *drops down and throws a sweep kick at senny's legs.

*tuck jumps over kick*
*drop kicks fat head*

*somersaults away*
Hadou 31: Shakkahou! *blasts kidou flames at Senny*

bakudo 38: Enkosen!
*shunpos backwards for some distance*

*shunpous forward and grabbs Zanpaktou*
Bad move. Bakudou 30: Shtotsu Sansen. *shoots pinning kidou barriers at Senny*
*shunpous in behind then and slashes*

You were caught in my (i think bakudo) 12: Fushibi
*breaks out of bakudo*
"Ye lord! Mask of blood and flesh, all creation, flutter of wings, ye who bears the name of Man! Inferno and pandemonium, the sea barrier surges, march on to the south!"
Hado 31: Shakkoho!

Yeah, but our Kidou should have dissolved when we dropped our swords.
Holy crap! Hado 58: Tenran! *blasts away flames with a gust of wind*
*shunpous and spins out of range*

*picks up sword again*
*performs senka*

reverses grip on sword, deflecting your sword with the tip of my blade*
Sorry, but I'm running out of time. Gotta wrap this up. BAN-KAI!
*giant tornado thingy swirls and a few explosions go off*
Teiheigou Dagekinamigai- Arashiurufu Koutetsu!
Nenshou Togu! *grinds air together untill is burns and hurls it at Senny*

BANKAI "From one to another, another to one, Harmonise, Myugenyume no kin!"
*liquifies my body and melts into ground to dodge attack*

Game over.

*bends down and places hand in liquified senny*
Raikou Togu! *grinds the air together and creates lightning, which conducts through my armor into your liquified self*

The ground conducts the electricty but i get a little harm done to my leg because i seperated into parts and you go tmy leg.

*melts deeper into ground moving around underneath so its impossible to find me because im in pieces*

*shrugs* I can attack you underground just as easily.
*shoves air currents underground*
Tekaitsu Kujiku! *whips up massive twister underground and tears open the earth*
I'll have to go to bed soon, so we might have to postpone after you somehow dodge this.

*turns into gas to just get moved around but the underground wind (wow this sounds weird)*

"Walls of ironsand, a priestly pagoda, glowing ironclad fireflies. Standing upright, silent to the end."
Bakudo 75: Gochûtekkan (its like the 5 iron pillars one that even like it was a struggle for hollowfied ichigo to get out of and it has the incantation so like yeah)

EDIT: *still undergound but dispersed finely*

Tch... *uses Senka and kicks off between the pilliars, coming out on top of them*
Now, Nenshou Togu! *grinds flaming air underground and torches the battlefield*
And now, I have to go to bed. Sorry, but we can pick this up tomorrow or something.

*plots*

I come out of the ground surrounded by my zan with is in a bubble like shape to escapse the heat of the surface and any electrical attacks are futile as i have left i thin line of metal leading back to the ground so i am at the moment wind proof, electrical proof and fire proof.

Nice defense. But you're still vulnerable to this.
*uses Shinkuu Sochi and slashes through metal line with my claws*
*stabs bubble with my claws as well*

You fell for it again!

caught up in my (bakudo) 12: Fushibi

*earth beneath start to rumble*

Gotta make this extra strong!

"Carriage of Thunder. Bridge of a spinning wheel. With light, divide this into six! Bakudo 61: Rikijokoro"

*the ground opens up into a deep crater which i send you flying into and as you hit the bottom you realised that it is liquid and you are sent yet further into the ground because i had been dispersing my spiritual pressure underground and i can now control it and you are tightly bound in a bakudo that even espada's couldnt break*

That is some seriously cheap crap. So then, how's this?

Raikou Hibofuu! *whips up massive flaming sparking twister that burns away all the liquid and ground and lifts me up*

Now, I'll destroy you wherever you hide! *jumps high into the sky*

Hadou 88: Hiryugekizokushintenraihko! *shoots gigantic lightning cannon and destroys everything below me*

*lands, then whips up Toku Arashi*
Can't hit me now. You'll have to break Toku Arashi in order to do so, leaving yourself open. Your move.

i do not understand how you can break out of bakudo when you like. *waves at judges*)

Bakudo 81: Danku

Bakudo 63: HyappoRankan

*shoots the ground up with extreme force creating massive pillars which are sharp from below and changing the battlefiled into somewhere with many hiding places and also concealing my whereabouts.*

Both you both should be near your limits by now...
...also both of you having been pretty much using extreme methods to aviod being damaged/captured and what not...After doing all this...you should be on empty.

Okay Guys...Judging from the attacks...damages and how your consatntly breaking kido spells or countering deadly attacks...you should be on your final legs. Both of youSHOULD less than 10% of what you spiritual pressure was when this match started...

I broke out of the bakudou b/c Raikou Hibofuu materializes from my armor outward, thus shattering the Bakudou. And also, it's my ultimate attack, so don't tell me that I can't break it. Arroniero broke a weakened version with his bare hands, I'm in Bankai mode, I used my full power, and my ultimate technique.

*dissolves Bankai back to Shikai* *whips up another Toku Arashi*
I'll have to conserve my reaitsu, so Shikai state will have to do.


*debankai's also*

*paces towards you*

Debankaied? That's going in the dictionary of lol.

*drops Toku Arashi and takes defensive stance*

*liquifies zanpoaktou but by controlling it it stays in a sword shape*

*raises Mugenyume above head*

*quickly swings sword in a large circle and sending liquid metal flying at you*

*rolls out of the way to dodge*

*stabs Dagekinamigai at Senny*

*liquifies where i got stabbed*

*grabs dagesomethingsomething*

Hado 11: Tsuzuri Raiden!

Uncle Dagesomethingsomething is ******! *dbztheabrigedrefrencelol*

Tsuin Dagekinamigai! *breaks it apart into dual twin-bladed axes*

*blocks Kido with one, releases a burst of wind from the other end, freeing it from senny*

*backs up and rejoins Dagekinamigai*

*gets scattered liquid mugensomethingsomething (lol) and form many blades and sends them flying at you from different directions*

Toku Arashi. *spins up a wind barrier to deflect blades*
Bakudou 4: Hainawa! *snaps Kidou rope at Senny like a lasso*

hahah alright then you got me me whatya gonna do?

*waits*

This.

Hadou 4: Byaku Rai! *touches finger to kidou rope, conducting lightning down its length into senny*

*detaches arm*

its now fried but i take it the thing broke the bakudo on my zan so yoink

"Ye lord! Mask of blood and flesh, all creation, flutter of wings, ye who bears the name of Man! Inferno and pandemonium, the sea barrier surges, march on to the south!"

Hado 31: Shakkoho

Dammit. *takes Shakkhou head on* *is thrown back by explosion*
Crap. Bakudou 12 fushibi! *throws kidou net at Senny*

hado 1: sho @ net to slow it down
Shunpos outta the way


*ummmm trips over?*

*dissolves Shikai* *stabs blade into the ground to remain upright*
Almost... out of... reiatsu...

Hado 2: Byakurai

*blows up in face as i cant concentrate or w/e from lack of reiatsu/blood*

i give up. congrats lol

Alright, thank you. *hobbles over and helps senny up*
Good match, despite all the difficult moments.

The match goes to Eon!

*Medics take Senny and Eon away*

Zameric
24th January 2010, 6:50 AM
Ok, after being exposed to Smile.jpg (http://i16.photobucket.com/albums/b5/customizer13/smile.jpg) today, I talked with Darth Kitty about it on WLM.
I said how that would make a great Adjuchas class hollow.
Then she said that it could be the release of Yammy's puppy (http://images2.wikia.nocookie.net/bleach/en/images/2/22/Dog.jpg) if it were to someday evolve into a menos and become an Arrancar.
So then I proceed to make a basic profile for it. xD
Disorient, Sonre&#237;r! (smile/to smile in Spanish)
Mask remains turn into a smile similar to the dog on Smile.jpg, smile opens and closes as the owner talks.

Resurrecci&#243;n Special Ability:
Ilusi&#243;n

If opponent even looks at the user once, they become trapped in illusions created by the user.
Ataque Epil&#233;ptico

Causes opponents to have a violent epileptic seizure and die, but can be stopped by stronger opponents.

Golde
24th January 2010, 8:26 AM
Windows Messagener Live. Check your log. Both you and Luppi got the link and I TOLD YOU!


Battle Number: 001
Combatants: Eon Master , Senbonzakura
Judge: MC
[MC-Red, Eon-Gold, Senny Green]
Okay this thread is for the battle between Senny and Eon.
I'll be judging to make sure no cheating happens.
Now....
FIGHT!


Senny: *draws sword*


Eon: *draws and shunpos behind you*
*slashes*


Senny: Hado 1: Sho
*pushes you back just far enough so sword doesn reach*

Eon: Ho... not bad.
Bakudou 4: Hainawa! *snaps a kidou rope at your sword, snagging the end of it*
Now you can't get away. *shunpos in for a stab*


Senny: Wanna wanna stop my sword? one for one then
Bakudo 9: Horin! *gets yours sword*
Hado 11: Tsuzuri Raiden!


Now this is a fight!
Bakudou 21: Sekienton! *creates a kidou wall to block attack*
Now for some Hakuda, seeing as we're both disarmed. *drops down and throws a sweep kick at senny's legs.

*tuck jumps over kick*
*drop kicks fat head*

*somersaults away*
Hadou 31: Shakkahou! *blasts kidou flames at Senny*

bakudo 38: Enkosen!
*shunpos backwards for some distance*

*shunpous forward and grabbs Zanpaktou*
Bad move. Bakudou 30: Shtotsu Sansen. *shoots pinning kidou barriers at Senny*
*shunpous in behind then and slashes*

You were caught in my (i think bakudo) 12: Fushibi
*breaks out of bakudo*
"Ye lord! Mask of blood and flesh, all creation, flutter of wings, ye who bears the name of Man! Inferno and pandemonium, the sea barrier surges, march on to the south!"
Hado 31: Shakkoho!

Yeah, but our Kidou should have dissolved when we dropped our swords.
Holy crap! Hado 58: Tenran! *blasts away flames with a gust of wind*
*shunpous and spins out of range*

*picks up sword again*
*performs senka*

reverses grip on sword, deflecting your sword with the tip of my blade*
Sorry, but I'm running out of time. Gotta wrap this up. BAN-KAI!
*giant tornado thingy swirls and a few explosions go off*
Teiheigou Dagekinamigai- Arashiurufu Koutetsu!
Nenshou Togu! *grinds air together untill is burns and hurls it at Senny*

BANKAI "From one to another, another to one, Harmonise, Myugenyume no kin!"
*liquifies my body and melts into ground to dodge attack*

Game over.

*bends down and places hand in liquified senny*
Raikou Togu! *grinds the air together and creates lightning, which conducts through my armor into your liquified self*

The ground conducts the electricty but i get a little harm done to my leg because i seperated into parts and you go tmy leg.

*melts deeper into ground moving around underneath so its impossible to find me because im in pieces*

*shrugs* I can attack you underground just as easily.
*shoves air currents underground*
Tekaitsu Kujiku! *whips up massive twister underground and tears open the earth*
I'll have to go to bed soon, so we might have to postpone after you somehow dodge this.

*turns into gas to just get moved around but the underground wind (wow this sounds weird)*

"Walls of ironsand, a priestly pagoda, glowing ironclad fireflies. Standing upright, silent to the end."
Bakudo 75: Gochûtekkan (its like the 5 iron pillars one that even like it was a struggle for hollowfied ichigo to get out of and it has the incantation so like yeah)

EDIT: *still undergound but dispersed finely*

Tch... *uses Senka and kicks off between the pilliars, coming out on top of them*
Now, Nenshou Togu! *grinds flaming air underground and torches the battlefield*
And now, I have to go to bed. Sorry, but we can pick this up tomorrow or something.

*plots*

I come out of the ground surrounded by my zan with is in a bubble like shape to escapse the heat of the surface and any electrical attacks are futile as i have left i thin line of metal leading back to the ground so i am at the moment wind proof, electrical proof and fire proof.

Nice defense. But you're still vulnerable to this.
*uses Shinkuu Sochi and slashes through metal line with my claws*
*stabs bubble with my claws as well*

You fell for it again!

caught up in my (bakudo) 12: Fushibi

*earth beneath start to rumble*

Gotta make this extra strong!

"Carriage of Thunder. Bridge of a spinning wheel. With light, divide this into six! Bakudo 61: Rikijokoro"

*the ground opens up into a deep crater which i send you flying into and as you hit the bottom you realised that it is liquid and you are sent yet further into the ground because i had been dispersing my spiritual pressure underground and i can now control it and you are tightly bound in a bakudo that even espada's couldnt break*

That is some seriously cheap crap. So then, how's this?

Raikou Hibofuu! *whips up massive flaming sparking twister that burns away all the liquid and ground and lifts me up*

Now, I'll destroy you wherever you hide! *jumps high into the sky*

Hadou 88: Hiryugekizokushintenraihko! *shoots gigantic lightning cannon and destroys everything below me*

*lands, then whips up Toku Arashi*
Can't hit me now. You'll have to break Toku Arashi in order to do so, leaving yourself open. Your move.

i do not understand how you can break out of bakudo when you like. *waves at judges*)

Bakudo 81: Danku

Bakudo 63: HyappoRankan

*shoots the ground up with extreme force creating massive pillars which are sharp from below and changing the battlefiled into somewhere with many hiding places and also concealing my whereabouts.*

Both you both should be near your limits by now...
...also both of you having been pretty much using extreme methods to aviod being damaged/captured and what not...After doing all this...you should be on empty.

Okay Guys...Judging from the attacks...damages and how your consatntly breaking kido spells or countering deadly attacks...you should be on your final legs. Both of youSHOULD less than 10% of what you spiritual pressure was when this match started...

I broke out of the bakudou b/c Raikou Hibofuu materializes from my armor outward, thus shattering the Bakudou. And also, it's my ultimate attack, so don't tell me that I can't break it. Arroniero broke a weakened version with his bare hands, I'm in Bankai mode, I used my full power, and my ultimate technique.

*dissolves Bankai back to Shikai* *whips up another Toku Arashi*
I'll have to conserve my reaitsu, so Shikai state will have to do.


*debankai's also*

*paces towards you*

Debankaied? That's going in the dictionary of lol.

*drops Toku Arashi and takes defensive stance*

*liquifies zanpoaktou but by controlling it it stays in a sword shape*

*raises Mugenyume above head*

*quickly swings sword in a large circle and sending liquid metal flying at you*

*rolls out of the way to dodge*

*stabs Dagekinamigai at Senny*

*liquifies where i got stabbed*

*grabs dagesomethingsomething*

Hado 11: Tsuzuri Raiden!

Uncle Dagesomethingsomething is ******! *dbztheabrigedrefrencelol*

Tsuin Dagekinamigai! *breaks it apart into dual twin-bladed axes*

*blocks Kido with one, releases a burst of wind from the other end, freeing it from senny*

*backs up and rejoins Dagekinamigai*

*gets scattered liquid mugensomethingsomething (lol) and form many blades and sends them flying at you from different directions*

Toku Arashi. *spins up a wind barrier to deflect blades*
Bakudou 4: Hainawa! *snaps Kidou rope at Senny like a lasso*

hahah alright then you got me me whatya gonna do?

*waits*

This.

Hadou 4: Byaku Rai! *touches finger to kidou rope, conducting lightning down its length into senny*

*detaches arm*

its now fried but i take it the thing broke the bakudo on my zan so yoink

"Ye lord! Mask of blood and flesh, all creation, flutter of wings, ye who bears the name of Man! Inferno and pandemonium, the sea barrier surges, march on to the south!"

Hado 31: Shakkoho

Dammit. *takes Shakkhou head on* *is thrown back by explosion*
Crap. Bakudou 12 fushibi! *throws kidou net at Senny*

hado 1: sho @ net to slow it down
Shunpos outta the way


*ummmm trips over?*

*dissolves Shikai* *stabs blade into the ground to remain upright*
Almost... out of... reiatsu...

Hado 2: Byakurai

*blows up in face as i cant concentrate or w/e from lack of reiatsu/blood*

i give up. congrats lol

Alright, thank you. *hobbles over and helps senny up*
Good match, despite all the difficult moments.

The match goes to Eon!

*Medics take Senny and Eon away*



1) I can't remember the last time you sent me a message on WLM

2) If you send an offline message, it's not always delivered.

3) Mine doesn't have a log because I have no need to remember prior convos. People just tell me stuff and I remember. Unless its never delivered in the first place.

I'll read it >.>

Northern Lights
24th January 2010, 3:05 PM
Oh god, Hitsugaya might actually die...

Kubo better not pull another series extending plot twist out of his a*s

bet we flick back to Heuco Mundo anytime time now too...

arceus03
24th January 2010, 4:02 PM
@Arc: Seki means barrier, so it stands to reason that Sekienton is a barrier move (not to mention it's a bakudou). I thought the reason it exploded in Omyada's face was because he sucks at kidou.


Sekienton means 'Red Smoke Escape' (or so according to the wiki anyways :P). And also, red translates to sekishoku in Japanese. They might shorten the word to combine it with the rest of the phrase (smoke and escape). idk. I'm never good with Japanese anyway. Can someone read Kanji and translate what 赤煙遁 means? nvm.



Oh god, Hitsugaya might actually die...

Kubo better not pull another series extending plot twist out of his a*s

bet we flick back to Heuco Mundo anytime time now too...

I hope he doesn't.... >>
But it would be a good twist if he does. We need someone from the good side to die already =\
Just not Unohana though

Zam that smile thing is scary >>
And my nickname on another forum is smile!
YOUUUUUUUUUU

Northern Lights
24th January 2010, 4:31 PM
Can someone read Kanji and translate what 赤煙遁 means?

赤 -> Aka [Red]
煙 -> Kemuri [Smoke/Smokey/Haze]
遁 -> Nigeru [Escape/Flee/Avoid/Evade]

I think, so altogether im guessing it means Red Smoke, to ensure Escape, like smoke bombs or a distraction.

*shrugs*

arceus03
25th January 2010, 3:38 PM
赤 -> Aka [Red]
煙 -> Kemuri [Smoke/Smokey/Haze]
遁 -> Nigeru [Escape/Flee/Avoid/Evade]

I think, so altogether im guessing it means Red Smoke, to ensure Escape, like smoke bombs or a distraction.

*shrugs*

Ah, that clears it up then =]

Chapter 5

Two days after her encounter with Senny, NL’s leg was healing fast and it was only a matter of some more hours of rest that she would be able to walk normally again.

She was sitting on a chair in the balcony of Senny’s house, a cup of cocoa Lynn (Senny’s sister) made for her in her hands. NL was staring out far onto the horizon, seeing nothing but the vast desert, endless sea of sand stretching out as far as her eyes can see. She shivered a bit; the nighttime was very cold, as opposed to the day. She was thinking about her fellow Captains and how she would be going out to find them as soon as her leg has mended fully.

“So now you’re going to find your colleagues again?”

NL slowly turned to Senny. “Erm, yes, I guess.”

“How?”

“Well… I have… my way,” she smiled, and sipped her cocoa.

Senny shrugged. Their two-day acquaintance was filled with NL’s story of her origin; the Soul Society and everything related to it. In return, Senny had told her about spirits and the current stuff.

“So you already have an idea where they could be?”

“Mhm, not exactly, no. But… Well, I would know once I start my journey to find them, I guess.”

“Oh… Okay,” Senny said, and decided not to pursue the subject again. He stood up and yawned. “Well, see you tomorrow, Aurora.”

“I told you to stop calling me that, jerk,” NL retaliated, but Senny had already went into the house, chuckling.

Once he was gone, the voice came again. “Heh, he’s grown on you, you know,” and it chuckled. “Shut up, you. And you still haven’t told me where our destination is,” NL snapped back.

“Hmm… Be a patient girl, will you? We are still coming over a decision here. We’re working on a point where you all can reach within a short distance. The Wailing Range was a nice choice, but it was too dangerous, what with the slippery ice and steep slopes… We’ll find one soon enough, don’t you worry, Aurora,” it chuckled again. NL wanted to retort something back, but the voice, which was now growing serious, cut across her. “But more importantly,” it said, “whether or not Senny would assent to follow you. I know that it isn’t compulsory to have a human partner for this, but this is a new world for you, for us. We don’t know what lay in wait out there. Senny mentioned spirits, right? What if we encounter one of them during our journey? And monsters, too, I think he said once. Not that we might not be able to tackle them, but just in case, you know…”

“Yeah, I know,” NL rolled her eyes. “But he’s got his own life, no? And there’s his sister too. He has his own family. You can’t just say that I should go barging to him demanding that he comes with me and abandon Lynn here.”

“I’m not saying that. I don’t know, either. That was just a suggestion. Because…” but it trailed off, apparently not knowing what to continue.

“And of course, one more thing, why have you never spoken to him? Ever since our first encounter, you kept quiet while in his presence,” NL asked. She could remember very well, the very first time the voice spoke it was when Senny was out of sight. Then after that, the voice will stop abruptly if Senny (or anyone else) came while the two were talking.

“Hmm… That, too. We’re also discussing that. I don’t know, but… she seems to deem that it’s still early for the humans to know, and we must follow her examples. She’s our leader, after all.”

“Mhm, right,” NL yawned, then downed her cocoa in one go. Getting up, she walked into the house, locking the balcony door behind her and went to the kitchen to wash her cup. After that she went to her room and threw herself onto the bed, yawning.

“Night,” she said.

“Yeah, night,” came the voice, sounding as drowsy as NL was.

. . .

“So, you’re saying that you own a summon spirit of your own?” Jin asked ILPy, after been told by him about the existence of those spirits.

“Mhm. Not a summon spirit, mind you. Two of them. Well, not really. But they’re both, you know, like, one in two and two in one? Yeah, like that,” ILPy said, smiling slightly. “So you see, that was how I managed to survive those foul gases in Junkland I told you some nights ago. The neutralizers work by countering the effect of the gases and producing antibodies, but the whole process takes up a lot of time. Using Ivory,” he raised a white scythe, “I speed up the time for the neutralizer to work so they get activated faster. And those hypnogogic substances, they react only when there’s a fixed amount of them in your body, and all I had to do was compress the volume of the gases with Ebony,” now he raised a charcoal-black scythe, “since Ebony controls spatial matter. So, yeah.”

Jin nodded. “Say, ILPy, do the villagers believe in these spirits?”

“I dunno. Actually, I think they might, but I’m not sure. I can see where this is going, though; and all I can say is that if they do indeed believe in spirits, I’m not sure why they believed in witches. I mean, they have seen proof that spirits exist, and no absolute evidence whatsoever that a witch may be at large. It’s all… But meh, I don’t care,” ILPy shrugged. “And also, irony this might be with these science stuff, the spirits are real. Well, you’ve seen the proof, anyway,” he raised the two scythes again. “You’re still on your plan to go out, though?” he asked Jin, who nodded.

“More or less. I need to find my fellow Captains, and I have a vague idea where we might meet. It’s still… vague, yeah, but it might work.”

“Oh. Okay.” ILPy sniffed the air. “Say, Jin, do you smell something pungent?”

“Wasn’t that your potion you were brewing?”

“Oh shi-” ILPy stood up and rushed inside (they were chatting just outside of the cave).

Jin cleared his throat. “Well, so have you lot reached any decision yet?” he asked, though there was nobody around him.

“Mhm, no, not for now. The Wailing Range was so far the shortest destination but the path to it was not a safe place. We’re still currently looking for a new spot. The Gladrylis Valley was our next option, but it would be too far from our location, since there is a chain of mountains and hills in the way. So, no,” the small voice, not unlike ILPy’s, answered.

“And you still haven’t-”

“Talked in front of ILPy, yeah. I dunno. She says so, so we just follow. But I do agree on your opinion that we should open ourselves to our partners. True, ILPy did not remember his times in the Soul Society as you mentioned but his skills are still there with him. I mean,” the voice paused, then continued, “all this science stuff in the late 15th century, where else could he have obtained them? There must be one feasible explanation at hand, but we are still groping in the dark to find the route that leads to that information.”

“And what do the others think of bringing him along?” Jin asked.

“As to that, they have no objection. They say that we can bring him along if we want to. It might increase the odds on us since this world is new to us. But it’s not really compulsory. We can still-” the voice stopped abruptly, for ILPy just popped out of the cave, smelling strongly of tar, sporting a blackened face and singed hair.

“Asploded,” he muttered. “And those slugs were not easy to come by, mind you,” he added, before hurrying off to the river to wash himself clean.

“Slugs?” thought Jin. He wondered for a while what could be ingredient of his potion a few days ago, if this one ILPy was brewing consisted of slugs. Then he decided, upon consideration, that he did not want to know, and shuddered.



Rotrum and Arceus were sitting on the side of the stream.

“So, these Soul Reaper people, what do they do?” Arceus asked.

“We kill Hollows,” Rotrum answered. Seeing the blank look on Arceus’s face, he continued, “When humans die, their soul depart this realm and go to a place called Soul Society. Or rather, we send them to Soul Society by performing a Soul Burial. But under some circumstances, these souls can turn into Hollows. These circumstances are either not being sent to Soul Society for a long time after their death or being eaten by another Hollow, leading to the souls’ corruption. Once corrupted, they gain a skull-like mask, a drastically different physical appearance, and a very animalistic level of intelligence. These, in return, eat other souls, giving birth of more Hollows.”

“Er… Right,” Arceus said. “So you lot kinda have a war, and then you saw a capsule, it exploded, and sent you here?”

“More or less. And now we’re working to get back together again, and see what to do next.”

“Reuniting? How? Do you have an idea where your fellow Captains are?”

“Vaguely. We’re still thinking of a meeting point,” Rotrum heaved.

“Oh. Okay.”

There was silence for a few minutes save the sound of the stream flowing. Then Rotrum got up and said, “I fancy a walk,” and he left. “K.”

When Rotrum was sure he was out of earshot from Arceus, he said quietly, “So? How’s it coming?”

“Not good. The location is still being decided. I wouldn’t mind Wailing Range at all, but the others… Well, put it this way, they don’t think that it’s such a good idea,” a voice answered Rotrum, though there was nobody visible around him.

“Uh huh.”

“And what about him? You think he might want to come?”

“Who, Arceus?”

“Yeah.”

“I don’t know. I suppose he might, since he would have nothing to do here anyway, but one can never tell… I haven’t spoken to him yet. Maybe if you do…”

“No. I can’t. She forbade us to. But I think it’s only a matter of time before she consents; the others have already argued against her.”

“Hmm… Okay,” Rotrum said, then walked back to the cottage where he had been lodging for the past two days. Smelling chicken soup wafting from the doorway, he gave a short smile, then went in.

. . .

“So… This Kerri, where did you find him?”

Zameric glared at Golde. “Keiri. Not Kerri. I found him in the forest some few years ago,” he said, gesturing towards his southeast. “In a small cave called the Spirit Cave, in the heart of the forest. That stream you fell in, remember? It originated from the Spirit Cave. Must have come up from underground some way in the cave and flowed outside…

Anyway, you’re still set on going anyway?” Zameric asked.

“Yeah, I guess. We need to find out what really happened back there in Soul Society, and… reuniting would be the first step, I suppose.”

“Shame. Jon has taken a liking to you, I think.”

“Hmm, well, yeah, but then I-”

“No, forget it. I didn’t say that to prevent you going. I just wanted to say that. Anyway, any idea on where your friends might be?”

“Yes. But that doesn’t really matter. What matters most is where we would be meeting. You see, we wanted to pick a spot that would be convenient for each of us to travel to, but up till now… None yet. Nearest one was-”

“Wailing Range, yeah. You told me that before. But… all this planning, it seems like you can communicate with your friends, even though they’re not here?”

Golde looked thoughtful. “In a way.”

Zameric looked at him. “You’re hiding something, you are.” He shrugged. “But I won’t force it out of you. If I’m meant to know, you’ll tell me, sooner or later.” He got up. “Well, be sure to close the door when you come in, kay? We don’t want another horde of mosquitoes in the house.” Chuckling, he went inside the house.

Golde grinned guiltily. “Yeah sure.” The last time he stayed out this late into the night was when he discovered the voice for the first time, and pure shock had made him forget to close the door when he went inside, causing the house to be filled with mosquitoes.

He waited until he was sure that Zameric was out of earshot, then, “So how long is it until I can set off?”

The high-pitched voice he heard on his first night there came back to him. “I don’t know. Probably another day or two, at most four. They should be able to find a suitable spot soon. Even if they don’t, we’ll just have to venture out and find the others somewhere. It wouldn’t be too much of a problem. The reason they wanted to have this meeting spot was to make it easier for all of us, since travelling randomly would only cause us to waste more time.”

“Oh. Okay.”

“About Zameric…”

“Leave it. I don’t think he will. You’d think he’d abandon his little brother just to help me on my journey?” Golde snorted. “Fat chance. I wouldn’t dream of it anyway. We might just be able to pull through.”

“It’s not the matter of pulling through safely, actually. I think there’s more in this. Don’t you find this too much to be a coincidence? Having a summon spirit that was exactly once his zanpakto?”

“Well… But Jon…”

“Hmm… Yeah, Jon.”

And they lapsed into silence before Golde decided to call it a day too and went inside the house, remembering to close the door behind him.

. . .

Luppi was poring over a map. Written on top of the parchment was the word ‘MARSTED’. The top right corner has a small sun with long lines that seemed to depict its rays. The rays were the longest at four places; its top, its bottom and on both of its sides. The top ray-line ended in an arrowhead, with a spiky N scrambled there. Five circles were drawn on the map. And in the middle of the five spots, there was a cross just below the words ‘WAILING RANGE’.

“So, found it yet?” Emcee, who was sitting beside Luppi, asked.

“Uhh. Nope. There’s this nice spot just beside the valley,” Luppi pointed to another small cross just below the words ‘GLADRYLIS VALLEY’, “but this one obstructs this place,” she pointed one of the five circles, “by a series of linked mountains and hills.” It was true; the whole place was mapped with small written names indicating the names of each hill and mountain.

Emcee’s eyes travelled to the spot Luppi pointed. “Gladrylis Valley? I think I heard Uncle mentioned it once… Let’s go and ask him,” Emcee said, then got up and went to the door.

“Wouldn’t he be annoyed?” Luppi asked, unsure whether to go or not; she hated being disrupted in her work and she was sure that anyone else would, too.

“Oh, I don’t think he will. I’ve often done so before.”

“Oh, very well, then.”

Sure enough, when they went into Uncle Taps’s room, he was only too happy to help them. “Ah, Gladrylis Valley? I went there once when I was young… Yes, there’s this series of mountains and hills, but see here?” He pointed to a small place. It was a small hill that read ‘BURROWED HILL’. “This hill has a small tunnel that links the place (his finger trailed to one of the circles) with the valley. I’m not sure if it’s still there over all these years, but even if it’s caved in, this hill is a small one and I think one can easily climb over it.”

Luppi’s eyes shone. She had found it! She had finally found the place. She felt like jumping around the room, but instead hugged Uncle Taps saying “Thanks very much, Uncle,” to which he replied, “Oh, not at all, not at all, glad to be of help.”

Emcee and his uncle changed a glance of amusement and bewilderment; both probably were thinking along the same line: Such a strange girl. But Luppi had dashed out of the room, apparently too happy at finding this new spot that is near enough for everyone.

Luppi was in good mood all day long, helping around the house wherever she could with a satisfied smile all over her face. Aunt Farissa was only too happy to have extra hands around the house so she let Luppi did everything she wanted to do without much complaint and was able to settle on her sewing.

Night came. After dinner and some chatting (Luppi offered to wash the dishes), Uncle Taps, Aunt Farissa and Emcee went to bed. Luppi was still brimming with excitement though; she can hardly stay put. However, when she was sure that everyone else was asleep, she quietly went on her bed.

“Taifuugan? Spread the word. I think we have finally found a spot convenient enough for everyone.”

Slugs, ILPy. XP

MasterCharizard15
25th January 2010, 5:27 PM
@Arceus

Nice Chapter.
*Wonders when My Zan/Spirit will be revealed...*

IF you could trade places witha Bleach Character, who would it be and why?

Northern Lights
25th January 2010, 5:48 PM
OK me and ILP will be battling, we'll battle over MSN then post the battle in the club for judging, if there's any major problems then we will re-match, it's just i can't be bothered to wait for a judge as im in a "fighty" mood now >.<;

Nice Chappy Arceus03, you got the "voice" down perfectly XD

I like Pokemon (...)
25th January 2010, 7:25 PM
That was a good chapter, Arceus. Seeing as how Luppi called the voice Taifuugan, am I right to say the voices are the Zans? If so, then Golde/Zachiru can talk to the other Zans... I wonder why that is, exactly.
And it seems like we're going on an adventure! Woo~

I'm pretty sure the slugs won't end at that... Surely they will end up of some uber great importance later in the story, in the form of the potion (or, knowing me, you could be making me make a huge build up when it's actually nothing).



Also, me and NL have finished our (really good imo) match, now it's just a matter of time before she posts it...

Northern Lights
25th January 2010, 7:29 PM
^ I agree =], well Congrats and Good Luck with the next battle



Sarcastic Fool says:
ok Battle START
*draws Zan and waits for ILP to make first move*

MY LOGIC IS UNPHAIL! says:
Silence the eternal pain, Mugen Utsuro! *Makes 2 small cuts on my arm, so Ebony and Ivory work on me*

Sarcastic Fool says:
Kari *calligraphy brush, draws symbol for fire*

MY LOGIC IS UNPHAIL! says:
"Disintegrate, you black dog of Ronanini! Look upon youself with horror and then claw out your own throat!"

Sarcastic Fool says:
*draws symbol for Earth to quick grow plant*

MY LOGIC IS UNPHAIL! says:
Bakudou 9, Hourin! *prange hued tendrils with spiraling yellow patterns erupt from my hand and start to chase you*
Wait, do you have both fire and earth up or just earth?

Sarcastic Fool says:
i have both up

MY LOGIC IS UNPHAIL! says:
Ah, okay
*runs/floats/moves towards you, preparing to slash with Ivory* I'm surprised you didn't run away, or try and use a vine to take the attack...

Sarcastic Fool says:
*is paralyzed*
*quick grow vines sprout from uner opponent tripping him*
" Ho no maru" [circle of fire] *a circle of fire surrounds me
you didnt wait to see what was growing
now did ya'?

MY LOGIC IS UNPHAIL! says:
*Slashes the vines around me with Ivory, to speed up their growth and kill them* And I'm glad, this fight will surely be good...
"Ye lord! Mask of flesh and bone, flutter of wings, ye who bears the name of Man! Truth and temperance, upon this sinless wall of dreams unleash but slightly the wrath of your claws."

Sarcastic Fool says:
*Paralysis wears off as healing plant grows, matures then dies*
*uses Bakudo 73; Tozansho*
[btw that healing plant can only heal a remedy once*

MY LOGIC IS UNPHAIL! says:
ah, okay
Hadou 33, Soukatsui! *Tozansho appears around me just before I shoot it* **** *Blows up around me*

Sarcastic Fool says:
*regains nerve pulses to limbs, then sets fire to all grown plants, causing spores, ash and fumes to engulf the area*

MY LOGIC IS UNPHAIL! says:
*Tozansho still around me* "Ye lord! Mask of flesh and bone, flutter of wings, ye who bears the name of Man! Truth and temperance, upon this sinless wall of dreams unleash but slightly the wrath of your claws."

Sarcastic Fool says:
oh? you trying to build up energy in there, well good luck that ... *twirls round calligraphy brush* Bankai, baby.
*the area turns to night with a full moon in the sky, claws grow and fangs become elongated*

MY LOGIC IS UNPHAIL! says:
[ XD The way you turned Bankai]
*Slashes Tozansho from the inside with Ebony, to distort the face and make a circle out of it* Hadou 33, Soukatsui! *Shoots it from the inside, through the whole. Leaves Tozansho*

Sarcastic Fool says:
Hachi, Inazuma ... Musubitsukemasu [Earth, Lightning ... combine]
Kinzoku Toride! [Metal Fort]
*earth sucks away and rises up as a wall infront of me, lightning strikes earth and it starts to become metallic*

MY LOGIC IS UNPHAIL! says:
*Soukatsui hits the Metal Fort, blowing it to pieces.*
Bankai!

Sarcastic Fool says:
*metal shards injure me* Damn *Ryookami finally materilises beside me, bearing her fangs at the opponent*
Inazuma, Kaze ... Musubitsukemasu [Lightning, Wind, Combine]
Hokkou [Aurora Borealis]

MY LOGIC IS UNPHAIL! says:
*gets hits by a few metal shards, but 6 white wings cover me, allowing the other shards to hit one end and go through the other.
*Makes a clone of myself, one moving to the right, and the other moving to the left to attack you from either side*

Sarcastic Fool says:
the air is now charged and slight sparks appear as electrons jump to earthed objects, including ourselves
*makes the the earth around one of the clones form into metal, making the electron density in the air to shift over to that area*
*gets a mini spark as i move*

MY LOGIC IS UNPHAIL! says:
*The clone gets destroyed as some Reiatsu returns to me. The real me manages to punch you and Ryookami lightly before you completely move out of the way*

Sarcastic Fool says:
*as i stumble back the movement causes more electric shocks* Sugureta Boufuu! [Super Storm] *High Static Discharge causes random bolts of lightning to strike the ground in varying places*

MY LOGIC IS UNPHAIL! says:
*Quickly covers myself with Mugen Utsuro's white wings*

Sarcastic Fool says:
*as he defends i quickly gather the remainders of the burnt plants and make them metallic* Guess what i've got that's hand held and metal

MY LOGIC IS UNPHAIL! says:
[ Is that battle-talk or non-battle-talk?]

Sarcastic Fool says:
[battle talk XP, it's 9mm gun btw]

MY LOGIC IS UNPHAIL! says:
[ OHSHI-]
*Is still in my protective "cocoon"*

Sarcastic Fool says:
*raises hands and reveal 9mm Hand Hold guns* can't have you defending all the time now can we? *shoots at ILP, as the ground at his feet begin to become metallic*
[but the process is slow due to Reitsu consumption on the Guns]

MY LOGIC IS UNPHAIL! says:
*The bullet passes through the wings* I suppose you're right. *Come out, slowing your speed and increasing mine* Checkmate. *Slices you multiple times with my forearm-blades* Hadou 4, Byakurai! *Fires a concentrated lightning bolt from my finger, point blank*

Sarcastic Fool says:
Damn *spikes finally shoot up from metal ground below us as the shot goes straight through me, firing me backwards*
If i was going out i wanted to get a hit on you as well
hmm, you win.

MY LOGIC IS UNPHAIL! says:
Wait, so what happened at the end?

Sarcastic Fool says:
you win because you got me at point blank but the ground that had been becoming metal beneath us finally finished sending the planned spike attack up at both of us, catching you just slightly after the shoot had already gone through me forcing me back
I just wanted to finish the attack and get you as i knew i couldnt get out of it
Ii didnt have time to trigger an earthquake

MY LOGIC IS UNPHAIL! says:
Okay, thanks.
That was definitely a good match, I just wanted to finish it quick before you managed to severely beat me- plus, I was running out of reiatsu.
*Shakes your hand*

Sarcastic Fool says:
*nods* yep, defiantly good game, fun too =] *shakes hand back as the battle ground returns to it's normal state*



Sarcastic Fool -> Me
My Logic is Unphail -> ILP

rotrum
25th January 2010, 8:20 PM
..So...When can I battle -_-

Holy Mackarel, NL got beaten by ILP...But I just thought of the perfect way to defeat ILP if he uses that ultimate defnse wing thing. Something that Golde, NL, Me, and possibly others that uses almost no energy. Although it would tkae a looong time, It is virtually impossible for ILP to counter if it is done successfully, but it probably wouldo nly be effective when ILP is hiding in his wings.

IF this stuff was real I tinhk I'd be a good tactician..

Has anyone seen the muffin person I am supposed to fight?

I should realyl catch up in the manga by now...

Eon Master
25th January 2010, 9:16 PM
Woah, so much stuff happened in one day.

Nice chapter, Arc. Love the characterization.

ILP beat NL? Holy crap, how did that happen? It seems like the underdogs are having their day with this Battle Contest, first me then ILP...

Rotrum, I'll let Saph know that your fight is up.

Northern Lights
25th January 2010, 9:27 PM
^Why do people seem to think i'd be hard to beat? O.o tbh if i had wanted to i could have dodged [in reality i can bend over backwards] so i could have avoided, or i could have struck him with lightning at the beginning, but cheap attacks are cowardly.

But it was quite a good move, and a succesful combo, plus he had me under time manipulation, and because i need to draw out the symbols before combining them i wouldn't be able to create any more combined powers.

Plus, i'm never that much of a strategiser, IRL I usually just throw whatever i've got.

Eon Master
25th January 2010, 9:40 PM
^Maybe it's not so much that fact that you'd be hard to beat, but that ILP just created his Bankai and this is (iirc) his first time using it in battle.

Zameric
25th January 2010, 10:42 PM
IF you could trade places with a Bleach Character, who would it be and why?
Well, I would like to replace Tosen as the captain of squad 9, if that counts. xD
Reasons... they need a captain, I'm squad 9 captain here, and Hisagi would make an awesome lieutenant.
Keiri and Kazeshini have a similar theme. xD

Another good chapter Arc. I think next chapter is going to be interesting. :)

A very nice match, Kida and Ant.
Both of your acted very sportsmen like.
Congrats on your win, ILP.

I like Pokemon (...)
25th January 2010, 11:41 PM
Holy Mackarel, NL got beaten by ILP...But I just thought of the perfect way to defeat ILP if he uses that ultimate defnse wing thing. Something that Golde, NL, Me, and possibly others that uses almost no energy. Although it would tkae a looong time, It is virtually impossible for ILP to counter if it is done successfully, but it probably wouldo nly be effective when ILP is hiding in his wings.

IF this stuff was real I tinhk I'd be a good tactician..

Perhaps after the tournament (or if we battle each other) you can show me/use it on me? It sure would be interesting.

I think I would be a good tactician... If real life was chess. 8D


ILP beat NL? Holy crap, how did that happen? It seems like the underdogs are having their day with this Battle Contest, first me then ILP...

Thanks for the support, glad to know you didn't expect me to win XP


^Why do people seem to think i'd be hard to beat? O.o tbh if i had wanted to i could have dodged [in reality i can bend over backwards] so i could have avoided, or i could have struck him with lightning at the beginning, but cheap attacks are cowardly.

But it was quite a good move, and a succesful combo, plus he had me under time manipulation, and because i need to draw out the symbols before combining them i wouldn't be able to create any more combined powers.

Plus, i'm never that much of a strategiser, IRL I usually just throw whatever i've got.
Likewise, the only real reason why I won was because I did a sort of kill-you-before-you-can-react kind of thing, imo the fight was drawing itself out a bit too long. And anyway, isn't it possible for you to win, if the judges think I was a really bad fighter and that you deserved to win?
Also note that I could have done a first-turn kill, I could have used a kidou spell straight away instead of waiting for her to react (notice how there's a comment between my incantation and the release off the spell), and that I took some hits and wasn't stubborn on "LIEK KNOWZ I DOJJED DAT STAB"

^Maybe it's not so much that fact that you'd be hard to beat, but that ILP just created his Bankai and this is (iirc) his first time using it in battle.
It is my first written/RP usage of my Zan as a whole, iirc. But when you're completely mental like me, you would have used it IN UR MINDZ.

A very nice match, Kida and Ant.
Both of your acted very sportsmen like.
Congrats on your win, ILP.
Thanks.
If you could trade places with a Bleach Character, who would it be and why?
I'd probably replace my least favourite character (...who?) so that I don't need to be near him, yet still be with my favourite characters.

Sapphiredragon929
26th January 2010, 12:56 AM
..So...When can I battle -_-

Holy Mackarel, NL got beaten by ILP...But I just thought of the perfect way to defeat ILP if he uses that ultimate defnse wing thing. Something that Golde, NL, Me, and possibly others that uses almost no energy. Although it would tkae a looong time, It is virtually impossible for ILP to counter if it is done successfully, but it probably wouldo nly be effective when ILP is hiding in his wings.

IF this stuff was real I tinhk I'd be a good tactician..

Has anyone seen the muffin person I am supposed to fight?

I should realyl catch up in the manga by now...

Ahaha, you're fighting me.

I'm a bit busy irl and stuff, and I've died on serebii until I finish a fic (which I KNOW I am going to restart tomorrow) but I'll be happy to fight you.

Just bewhere that I am a strategist, and the moment I see godmodding I'll go Suupaa saiyan yo! I'll snap. Xd;;

rotrum
26th January 2010, 4:22 AM
I can't wait to kick yo-err fight you Muffin.

If anyone wants to know how to defeat ILP's ultiamte defensive wings PM Me.

sapphire...What is your zanpakutou? I must research my Mark/target.

Does somsone ahve a list of Kidou for me?

you mean Beware, nto Bewhere. It is from the word Wary or Aware, not the word where...

Senbonzakura
26th January 2010, 6:39 AM
I can't wait to kick yo-err fight you Muffin.

If anyone wants to know how to defeat ILP's ultiamte defensive wings PM Me.

sapphire...What is your zanpakutou? I must research my Mark/target.

Does somsone ahve a list of Kidou for me?

you mean Beware, nto Bewhere. It is from the word Wary or Aware, not the word where...
http://bleach.wikia.com/wiki/Kido

I look forward to reading the fight between the finalists

(btw my new zan is coming along quickly now)

Northern Lights
26th January 2010, 4:12 PM
Likewise, the only real reason why I won was because I did a sort of kill-you-before-you-can-react kind of thing, imo the fight was drawing itself out a bit too long. And anyway, isn't it possible for you to win, if the judges think I was a really bad fighter and that you deserved to win?
Also note that I could have done a first-turn kill, I could have used a kidou spell straight away instead of waiting for her to react (notice how there's a comment between my incantation and the release off the spell), and that I took some hits and wasn't stubborn on "LIEK KNOWZ I DOJJED DAT STAB"

Ahh, but that's what made it fun tbh, i wasn't fighting to win, just to have a laugh


(btw my new zan is coming along quickly now)

i must seez it 8]

Zameric
27th January 2010, 5:28 AM
Well, that was a nice ending to the arc,imo.

It was interesting to learn why Muramasa lives in water world. xD

A nice epic-ness fight to finish the arc.
If only he would fight that good more often. e.e

@ preview
Hmm, so we are going to get to see more of at least some of the zanpakuto in their humanoid forms.

@ Shinigami Picture Book
It was kind of funny. Ant'll probably like it. xD

Senbonzakura
27th January 2010, 5:37 AM
Bleach Episode 255 Sub:

I think it was alright for a Ichigo final fight,
Although it did piss me off that he goes and fights,
then he almsot wins, calls out the name of his opponent,
helps them up or wahtever only to go try kill them
again for the process to repeat themselves.
ASDFGHJKL;

Preview:
I'm happy we get to see Sode no Shirayuki next episode but im curious
as to what beast swords actually are?

Picture Book thing:
hahah ifound it amusing at least P:

Bleach Chapter 390 spoilers reply:
Well if shunsui oars aizen i think kubo has been in this club secretly.

and i have a theory as to what shunsui's bankai is if it is even true whcih i doubt

Their is a spirit called Kyoukotsu which lives in wells and if someone goes passed without drinking from it then she come up
and she dances driving the person insane and then they kill themselves.
i think that it could be likely as to why ukitake didnt want people to see it

i hope its not true because if he reveals his bankai then he doesnt have the hasntrevealedallpowersyet shield D:

arceus03
27th January 2010, 2:43 PM
Congrats ILPy =)
And thanks everyone who commented... XD



Nice Chappy Arceus03, you got the "voice" down perfectly XD


Chappy = Rukia. XD


That was a good chapter, Arceus. Seeing as how Luppi called the voice Taifuugan, am I right to say the voices are the Zans? If so, then Golde/Zachiru can talk to the other Zans... I wonder why that is, exactly.
And it seems like we're going on an adventure! Woo~

I'm pretty sure the slugs won't end at that... Surely they will end up of some uber great importance later in the story, in the form of the potion (or, knowing me, you could be making me make a huge build up when it's actually nothing).


>.>
I think you already know...... XP
And no, I'm not actually planning anything to do with the slugs. They're just... comedy relief. XD



I think I would be a good tactician... If real life was chess. 8D


I'd love to play chess against you 8D

Wait... That battle... I thought you said that you didn't need to cut ourself to be under Ivory and Ebony's effects? 8D
pwnage

If you could trade places with a Bleach Character, who would it be and why?

I'd trade with Isane, or third seat of 4th Squad (Yasochika Iemura) so I'd get to be with Unohana always.. XD

Subs~
Well I guess the fight was good enough... More interested on Muramasa's abilities rather than Ichigo's, though. XP
I'm still waiting for the explanation why some Shinigami can use their Shikai with their zanpakto on the rampage some episodes ago... Renji, Ikkaku, etc. But idt there'll be one =\

10 more episodes before back to canon >.<
After that, MORE Ichigo fights. Nawwwww
Ah well, at least Ulquiorra's released form would be something new :D

The full version of the ending song [Sakurabito] seems lovely enough... =D

If the 'confirmed' spoilers are indeed true... I can only say NL will love this chapter... XD

I like Pokemon (...)
27th January 2010, 6:36 PM
Congrats ILPy =)
Thanks
>.>

I think you already know...... XP
And no, I'm not actually planning anything to do with the slugs. They're just... comedy relief. XD
Darn, that would've been good XP.



I'd love to play chess against you 8D
Hmm... Perhaps we shall...

Wait... That battle... I thought you said that you didn't need to cut ourself to be under Ivory and Ebony's effects? 8D
pwnage
Wait. Crap. You're right. >.>

If the 'confirmed' spoilers are indeed true... I can only say NL will love this chapter... XD
*Hasn't seen the spoilers* I'm assuming it's related to Gin... So either he will be involved in the fight (and hurt someone?) or reveal that he has Vaizard abilities.

Northern Lights
27th January 2010, 6:43 PM
If the 'confirmed' spoilers are indeed true... I can only say NL will love this chapter... XD



*Hasn't seen the spoilers* I'm assuming it's related to Gin... So either he will be involved in the fight (and hurt someone?) or reveal that he has Vaizard abilities.

Apparently, the new chapter has nothing to do with Gin, i had got my hopes up TT.TT

kusari
27th January 2010, 10:33 PM
hey guys i decided with the free time i have between hospital checkups and sleep i'd post.

the chapter is going to be up for sure in the next post. (i know i said that before but this time i mean it)

and MC sorry about the mix up my last post i was talking and typing at the same time and just sorta put your name in there by accident. i was talking to my "nurse"* while she was picking up my laundry.

you guys might hear from me soon so i'm gonna go now. ;)




*she lives in the next apartment down and comes by twice a week to help with laundry and cleaning.

Zameric
28th January 2010, 5:19 PM
Hey kusari. Hope we do get to see you again soon.

Well, that wasn't much of a chapter, now was it?...
One cool moment was where Komamura and Love tag-team Aizen.
If only Aizen wasn't such a h4x0r, then that probably could have worked. e.e
I think it would have been better if they had revealed what Aizen's true "power" is and not just leave it on a cliff hanger...

Eon Master
28th January 2010, 10:20 PM
Kusari, nice to see you again. I'm waiting on pins and needles for that fic of yours ^_^
That. Was. So. Lame.
Seriously, I think this is the lamest chapter we've had for months.
Hitsugaya talks for half the chapter, then he attacks Aizen and it looks like he's not even trying. Komamura and Love try to double team Aizen, and Komamura dies (I think) without even putting up a fight. That just made me hate the chapter.
Not to mention Gin sounded completely out of character. I couldn't stand it.

MasterCharizard15
29th January 2010, 2:59 AM
I HATE AIZEN!!!I HATE AIZEN!!!I HATE AIZEN!!!I HATE AIZEN!!!I HATE AIZEN!!!I HATE AIZEN!!!I HATE AIZEN!!!
I mean really...hes just as broken WITHOUT his ZANPAKTOU"S TRUE POWER!?!
If that was ANYBODY ELSE....they would have been dead...but NOT EX_CAPTAIN BROKEN! >.<
...if he is THIUS broken now...whats his Bankai gonna be?
Flashing everyone, so that they kill themselves?

...
On a scale of 1-10 how broken do you think Aizen is?
100.
...I bet he even has a way to survive being thrown into the sun and shot in the head...>.>

arceus03
29th January 2010, 7:33 AM
Good to see ya, Kusari =D



Apparently, the new chapter has nothing to do with Gin, i had got my hopes up TT.TT

Yes there was O.o
Well, only a few pages though... :P




I think it would have been better if they had revealed what Aizen's true "power" is and not just leave it on a cliff hanger...

Yeah... Maybe next chapter? I hope so..



Komamura and Love try to double team Aizen, and Komamura dies (I think) without even putting up a fight. That just made me hate the chapter.
Not to mention Gin sounded completely out of character. I couldn't stand it.

I guess that's because they translated his dialogues without regard to his dialect? Idk, but IIRC so far before this whenever he talks he uses 'ya' instead of 'you' and something else like that...

Oh f*ck >.<
I hope he doesn't kill Rose. His bankai is still not shown >.< And we still need to know what else Kinshara can do.

Idk whether Komamura would die or not. One thing we're forgetting, Unohana is there. =P

What did you mean 'without putting up a fight' though? Because Komamura has been battling Tosen before (and nearly got killed too), and plus didn't he try to attack Aizen with his broken zanpakto before Aizen slashes his middle?

AH YES. Now Kubo has another arm to add to his collection. Two, really. Komamura's, and Tengen's. Who else after this? Rose's might be detached now, too. We didn't exactly see which part of him that Aizen slashed.... I'm betting Hitsugaya's next

Senbonzakura
31st January 2010, 12:09 PM
wow dead club lately?

Well i enjoyed the chapter i must say even though a lot of people disagree

and also my zan WILL be ready by the end of the week jsut gotta figure out names and stuffs (:

Northern Lights
31st January 2010, 12:35 PM
Yes there was O.o
Well, only a few pages though... :P


YES! ... I saw him ^^ <3 he needs more screen time TT.TT he also needs a bankai damnit

Of the Bankai's we haven't seen, what do you think they'll look like, and what effects will they have?

Gin's Bankai -> Well Shinso is based on a spear i think, [i still want a fox spirit but...] and i'm guessing Bankai might means he can shoot Shinso in mulitple directions.

Only problem is, that's not powerful enough for the Evil Tea Drinking Trio [ETDT]

arceus03
31st January 2010, 3:40 PM
Of the Bankai's we haven't seen, what do you think they'll look like, and what effects will they have?

Gin's Bankai -> Well Shinso is based on a spear i think, [i still want a fox spirit but...] and i'm guessing Bankai might means he can shoot Shinso in mulitple directions.

Only problem is, that's not powerful enough for the Evil Tea Drinking Trio [ETDT]

Gin already has a bankai... Only that Kubo hasn't revealed yet

Maybe he could make them appear out of nowhere.... Idk. But that would seem like Zam's zan. (no pun intended)

What's Evil Tea Drinking Trio?
If you meant the three captains... It should be duo now

When you said tea... I remember this quote on Sapphire's zan about his zanpakto spirit.
She is very childish and does not fight. If she does have to fight, she’ll poison the enemy and have a tea party with them.

And this zan we can have a pretty good guess about it - Haineko... A lot more ash than in shikai is my guess. Like Senbonzakura.... Could also be exploding ash/induces sleepiness/extra effects, etc.

My guesses;
Aizen - Probably the illusion becomes the real thing, idk.

Shunsui - That fake spoiler has a good idea about his; IIRC it was something about a creature that causes anyone who sees it to go mad or something like that - it probably explains why Ukitake warned Shunsui not to show it 'where others can see', at any rate.

Rukia - Idt she would be able to control ice like Hitsugaya; probably stronger version of her dances (like Tsukishiro makes more than one ice pillar) but that seems lame.

Hisagi - Probably more blades; or blades that he can control mentally. It seems like an inferior Senbonzakura/superior Tsunzakigarasu (that bloke who fought Ishida and Inoue back in SS) though....

Kira - Maybe like he has a limited area (like Tousen's) and in that area he can control the weight of everything....?

Idk. Can't think too straight for now since I'm listening to music. XD

But yeah, I do wish Kubo would kinda show all bankai to all the shikai we've seen so far..... That's wishful thinking though. XD Maybe he'll reveal them in his interviews.... IF he even got plans for them. xP

Northern Lights
31st January 2010, 4:04 PM
Gin already has a bankai... Only that Kubo hasn't revealed yet

Maybe he could make them appear out of nowhere.... Idk. But that would seem like Zam's zan. (no pun intended)

What's Evil Tea Drinking Trio?
If you meant the three captains... It should be duo now



They gave him a Bankai in the games, but Kubo didn't approve it, so it's not official.

ETDT came from an image i found were they were all drinking tea, and the Arrancar Encyclopedia snippet where Gin asks how they get water for the Tea, then Aizen pops up on the screen behind him and says yes, it's very interesting isn't it? XD

but yes i guess it's ETDD now huh?

Zameric
31st January 2010, 7:23 PM
They gave him a Bankai in the games, but Kubo didn't approve it, so it's not official.
In the game "Bleach: Heat The Soul 5", Gin displays the ability to plant his sword into the ground, causing many blades to erupt from the ground and skewer the enemy from below. It may be considered as his "Bankai" by some fans, or simply as one of his Zanpakutō's techniques as "Bleach: Shattered Blade" features an identical attack, albeit, he raises his sword to the sky to call down blades to rain from the sky. No official source, except the video games, ever featured this move. It seems like a way to replace some of his old Video Games' abilities, however, the reason of this change are unknown.

I would laugh if Gin's bankai ended being like my shikai. XD

Another idea of what it could be, if it kept a similar theme to the shikai, is multiple extending blades that can curve and go in different directions.
(hydra or Kitsune tails? 8D)

arceus03
2nd February 2010, 11:13 AM
^I'd also bet on mental control.

NL yea but he already has a Bankai, right? Only it's not revealed yet.. Since you said he also needs a bankai :P

O.o This club was on page 2 eyy

First post for the new month =D

Chapter 6 : Part I

It was six in the morning. NL was just getting up. She stretched herself and yawned, rubbing her drowsy eyes.

“Are you awake?”

“Mmm…” She mumbled. It was unusual for Ryookami to greet her so early in the morning. Usually she does that somewhere in the middle of the morning, so NL guessed that there must be something important that she needed to know.

“Good. Go and have a bath, or walk a bit, or wash up, or whatever. I want you to be fresh as I’m going to tell you something important.”

“O-o-o-kay,” she said, trying to muffle a huge yawn but to no avail.

NL stumbled to the door and went outside. She brushed her teeth and washed her face, before making a pot of coffee and preparing some toast. It was her usual routine; since she did not have anything much to do, she did all she could to help Lynn with the chores. She smeared peanut butter on two pieces of her toast, stacked them together and began eating.

. . .

“So, what is this important news you’re going to tell me?” NL asked. She was sitting on her bed once more, her zanpakto lying in front of her.

“It’s this,” Ryookami said. “We have finally found a suitable meeting place for all of us. It’s a place called Gladrylis Valley. The location is somewhat northeast from here. The estimation was that we would reach our destination within three or four days, at most five. We are to set out as soon as we can,” she continued.

“Does that mean today?”

“Today, and now. Pack up whatever you need, maybe ask for some food, whatever. We can catch anything out there if we need to, so I don’t think food would be our main concern. Maybe we’d need food only until we’re well clear of the desert.”

“Okay.” NL scrambled to her feet, and looked around. There was really nothing for her to pack, so she put on her Captain’s robe and placed her zanpakto on her side, as it has always been. She went outside again and found Senny and Lynn eating the toast she had made. Their head turned towards her when she entered the living room.

“Er,” she began, “I will be going now-” but Senny cut across her. “Ahhh, I thought you might say that.” He scratched his head. Then he got up and went inside his room, emerging some moments later, bringing a bundled pack with him on one hand and on another, two short staff rods. “I’m coming,” he said, matter-of-factly. Lynn was betraying no emotion whatsoever on her face; instead, she continued to sip her coffee as if what Senny was said didn’t concern her in the slightest.

“What?” NL asked.

“You heard me. I’m coming,” he repeated.

“But… But… What about Lynn?” NL protested.

“It doesn’t matter. She can look after herself. I just felt that I could not abandon you. It’s just my… instinct.”

“But you can’t just dump Lynn there.”

“Excuse me.” It was Lynn who spoke this time. “What did you exactly mean by ‘dump’? I’m not hhis lover.” She laughed. “But no, really, it doesn’t matter. I can look after myself very well. Actually, I’d be glad to be rid of him for a few months.” She smiled mischievously. “Ah, freedom…”

Senny raised his eyebrows, then broke into a grin himself. “Yeah, what’s a couple of months without a pesky sister to look after?” he retaliated. Then both broke into laughter. “Anyway, back to business. I’m coming with you. Not entirely for your interest, too, truthfully. I’ve been looking forward for something like this for a long time.”

Lynn had not said anything else; she resumed munching on her toast. It seemed clear to NL that they have discussed about this thing last night, and probably had came on a consensus between them. Ah well, she thought. I guess it doesn’t matter either way. He’d probably be a big help, especially in this unknown world, and his knowledge on spirits and monsters and whatnot might be handy during the journey. “Well… Okay then,” she gave in.

Lynn shrugged. “I think even if you had not consented he would still follow you anyway.” She got up. “Goodness knows when I will see you again, so…” she hugged Senny, then NL. “Well, have a safe journey then.”

Senny nodded. NL said goodbye and thanked Lynn for her (and Senny’s) hospitality over the few days she had. “Oh, it was nothing. Remember to drop back in when you’re done,” was Lynn’s reply, and she saw them to the border of the village.

. . .

And so the journey started. According to Taifuugan, said Ryookami, they should be well out of the desert after a day’s walk, so they had to reserve their water supply until they meet an oasis or a stream after the desert. Thus, the walk of the first day was filled with silence, since talking would cause them to get thirsty easier. They carried the pack Senny brought between them, only pausing once in a short while to rest or eat.

Their journey had progressed rather fast in the morning; the sun was not so high yet and even though they had to walk with the sun rising slightly to their right, it was not so hot. Then midday came. The progress began to slow down as the couple trudged through the desert. The sun was blazing on top of their heads and NL began to wish that she had asked Lynn for some change; indeed, her black Shinigami outfit only made the heat worse. Luckily most of the outfit was covered by her Captain’s robe which was white in colour. The earth was shimmering and it made their eyes water to look at it, so they had to look on ahead instead, looking for signs for the desert to end. They rested for half an hour, then resumed their walk.

Slowly, the sun began its majestic descend towards the west sky, and the temperature grew less hot than before. It was now easier to walk, with the sun being behind them and the ground now not so bright to look at. And still they kept walking and walking, wondering when the desert would come to an end.

It was dusk now and still they saw no sign for the desert to end. Speaking for the first time during the journey, NL said, “We might have to camp out here after all. It would be too cold to walk during the night, I think.” Senny nodded his agreement, and added, “But let’s walk a bit more. The air here is cooler than before; I think an oasis is somewhere just ahead of us.”

“Mhm.”

And it was true; soon enough, after a few more minutes, they came to an oasis. There was a pool of water, and NL buried her face in it thankfully. There were also some date palm trees, and they were able to make a meal out of the dates.

After the meal, both feeling considerably full and no more thirstiness, they turned in for the night.

“Senny?”

“Yes?”

“There’s… someone I’d like you to meet.”

“Eh?” Senny got up, and looked around. “Now don’t spook me around like that. Ancient stories told of ghouls who lurk in oases, waiting for some travelers to pass through and stay for the night, before devouring their souls. I thought…” He gave an involuntary shudder.

NL laughed. “Nah, nothing of the sort. Here.” She held up her Zanpakto.

“Hello, Senny.”

Senny’s eyes bulged and his mouth opened an inch. NL forced herself not to laugh at his comical expression; and instead pressed on. “Remember the Soul Reapers I told you about? And how each has his own zanpakto? Well, this is mine. Meet Ryookami.”

It was decided the night before. After Taifuugan announced the newly-found meeting place, the zanpakto have decided among themselves (with Zachiru’s consent) to talk to their wielders’ partners, but only if they agreed to follow them on the journey. It was because this would save the Shinigami much trouble of pretending having to go for a walk or distancing themselves from their partner just in order to talk to their zanpakto.

Senny’s mouth was still gaping. A moment later, he seemed to regain his senses and shook his head. “That thing… It spoke!” he exclaimed.

“I’m not ‘that thing’, and I would be very pleased if you can call me ‘she’ instead of ‘it’, thanks,” Ryookami retorted, a flicker of anger sounded in her voice.

“But… but…” Senny stuttered. “You never told me that thing, er, I mean, your zanpakto can talk!”

“No. Well, it didn’t use to be this way. I don’t know what happened too, but since the explosion, we shinigami seemed to have lost our powers and instead… our zanpakto were capable of human speech,” NL explained.

“Oh… okay…” Senny said. Then after a few moment’s silence, “Hi, Ryookami.”

“That’s better,” Ryookami said gruffly, but then changed her tone. “Anyway, hi. And thank you, too.”

“Eh? What’s for? And hello.”

Ryookami lowered her voice. “I never dared to call her Aurora before, you know. But then, you started it, and so I can call her that too.” She sounded extremely pleased about it.

NL cleared her throat. “Hm? What’s that?” she asked sharply.

“Uh, no, nothing,” Ryookami said in an innocent tone.

They talked for some more, then drowsiness got over them. Senny yawned. It was catching; because soon NL was yawning too. Senny got up and took their water bottles. He went to the pool to refill them to the brim, then had another drink himself.

“Well then, night,” he said, putting the water bottles back in the bundle.

“Yeah, good night,” Ryookami said.

“Mhm. Night.” NL said. “Only let’s get up earlier tomorrow, kay? I fancy walking before the sun rises, because when it does it’ll be in our path. It’s not hot, okay, but the light was too much to bear anyway. And I think we should hit fertile land soon. I’m keeping my fingers crossed for that. Maybe only another hour or so. I’m so sick of this desert.”

There was no answer. Senny had fallen asleep, and so has, it seemed, Ryookami. NL rolled her eyes. “Really.” Then she closed her eyes, and slept.

. . .

They woke up fresh in the morning. After some short meal consisting of bread and some dates and water, they set off again. This time it was really early in the morning; the sun had not risen yet and by NL’s calculation it must be around six in the morning. For an hour long they walked, the same routine as yesterday. Then when the sun was just rising, Senny saw something far ahead near the horizon. It was hard to make sure at first with the blinding light of the rising sun, but soon it became clear that they were now approaching the end of the desert and would be coming to greenery soon. Knowing this, both hastened their steps; the prospect of exiting the desert was something very good. Sure enough, after another hour they finally set foot on grass, hardy grass that survived the harshness of the desert. By NL’s estimation, it would be another good hour before they really entered the greenery. However, since both did not know when they would meet a stream or a brook, they were still careful about the water supply.

. . .

It was nearly midday. NL and Senny were now in the heart of the forest. The sun’s blaze, thankfully, was mostly shielded by the canopy overhead and only little shafts of light managed to penetrate the leafy structure overhead, giving the forest somewhat a lovely look. It was decided that they would split there and try to look for water or food, and both were to return to that spot after an hour, with or without haul. NL went to the south while Senny decided to try his luck in the northern direction.

. . .

For almost fifteen minutes NL walked carefully on the forest floor and twice she tripped on roots of trees. Cursing to herself as she got up after the second trip, something made her stop. It was the sound of trickling water. Eagerly she listened and tried to find the direction of the sound; and after some moments she found a stream running just behind a large tree. It had originated from the underground. NL whipped her water bottle and started to fill it up, then she had a drink herself. She was debating whether to go on and find some fruits or go back when she heard a sound.

Snap.

NL looked around. There was nobody in sight except for the trees and the stream. NL waited some more. She had been so sure she had heard the sound; it could not have been her imagination. But there was nobody in sight. She placed her water bottle back on its strap around her waist and drew her zanpakto. Her eyes darted around, looking for any signs of an enemy or a wild animal.

Then, without warning, someone struck her back. She whipped around and slashed her zanpakto.

But there was nobody in sight, again.

Suddenly she heard a rustle of leaves and on intuition, she brought her zanpakto upwards. This time she saw the attacker; it was a man with a red scarf. She could not see his face because it was hooded. His weapon was a dagger which seemed to be attached to a jet-black gauntlet he was wearing. Dagger and sword met and there was a moment’s pause before the man disappeared and reappeared behind NL, striking another spot, this time on her left arm.

She could feel the two places where she had been hit stung. Then without warning, a sense of dizziness swept across her and she swayed. The man made to strike again, but NL parried the hit with her zanpakto. “Ryookami!” she shouted, and her zanpakto emitted a fireball from its tip and fired it towards the man. NL thought he would disappear from sight again but instead, the man jumped and stood on top of a branch.

NL wanted to jump after him, but her body seemed reluctant; it was harder to move her body and it took all her determination to keep standing.

“Hmph,” the man said. He disappeared again and for the third time, struck another hit on NL. She fell down on the forest floor. Her legs wouldn’t support her anymore. It was weird. The hits she took were only shallow ones, so why is she finding it difficult, almost impossible to stand? Even raising her zanpakto was out of question now; she was using every ounce of her energy to keep awake and not faint.

The man was now closing on her. He held his dagger ready, pointing it at NL.

He pressed something on his wrist and the dagger shot out, straightly speeding to the place where NL’s heart would be.

Clang.

The dagger was met with a staff rod. The man looked up in surprise; it was Senny who had deflected his dagger.

“Tch,” he muttered, then ran away. This surprised Senny, he was expecting the man to stay and fight.

Senny bent down and looked at NL. She was sweating profusely. He did not know what the trick that the man used; so he decided to just clean the wound (they were really shallow; it was obvious that the man did not aim to kill when he attacked NL except for that last one when he launched his dagger) and wait until she recovers. This turned out to be the best decision; when he was finished cleaning up the wound NL was no longer sweating and she seemed to regain her normal senses back.

“Aurora, what happened?”

“I don’t know. I was filling up the water when that man suddenly assaulted me. He struck me thrice, then I found myself losing consciousness. I think there must be a poison of some sort in the man’s dagger, that’s why.”

Senny nodded. “Well anyway now that we’re here, let’s stay here for the dinner, no?” He opened up the bundle and took out a knife. Heading to the stream, he said, “I managed to find a rabbit back there. I wondered what took you so long so I headed in your direction.” He sat down beside the stream, apparently starting to skin and gut the rabbit to be eaten.

God idk >< idt it's very interesting. Tell me what you think =\

Emperor Giratina
2nd February 2010, 1:52 PM
Of the Bankais we haven't seen, what do you think they'll look like, and what effects will they have?

Kenpachi: Hmm, this one's gonna be hard... I have no idea of how will it look like. But it might involve removing his eye patch and releasing all his spiritual energy to form a really powerful force that could be manipulated in any manner.

Gin: *What Zameric said*

Well, I'm slacking off a bit and not working on my fan fiction... Three reasons, Forza Motorsport 3, Pokemon Platinum and Pokemon Pearl. :D

Zameric
2nd February 2010, 5:09 PM
^I'd also bet on mental control.

NL yea but he already has a Bankai, right? Only it's not revealed yet.. Since you said he also needs a bankai :P

O.o This club was on page 2 eyy

First post for the new month =D

Chapter 6

It was six in the morning. NL was just getting up. She stretched herself and yawned, rubbing her drowsy eyes.

“Are you awake?”

“Mmm…” She mumbled. It was unusual for Ryookami to greet her so early in the morning. Usually she does that somewhere in the middle of the morning, so NL guessed that there must be something important that she needed to know.

“Good. Go and have a bath, or walk a bit, or wash up, or whatever. I want you to be fresh as I’m going to tell you something important.”

“O-o-o-kay,” she said, trying to muffle a huge yawn but to no avail.

NL stumbled to the door and went outside. She brushed her teeth and washed her face, before making a pot of coffee and preparing some toast. It was her usual routine; since she did not have anything much to do, she did all she could to help Lynn with the chores. She smeared peanut butter on two pieces of her toast, stacked them together and began eating.

. . .

“So, what is this important news you’re going to tell me?” NL asked. She was sitting on her bed once more, her zanpakto lying in front of her.

“It’s this,” Ryookami said. “We have finally found a suitable meeting place for all of us. It’s a place called Gladrylis Valley. The location is somewhat northeast from here. The estimation was that we would reach our destination within three or four days, at most five. We are to set out as soon as we can,” she continued.

“Does that mean today?”

“Today, and now. Pack up whatever you need, maybe ask for some food, whatever. We can catch anything out there if we need to, so I don’t think food would be our main concern. Maybe we’d need food only until we’re well clear of the desert.”

“Okay.” NL scrambled to her feet, and looked around. There was really nothing for her to pack, so she put on her Captain’s robe and placed her zanpakto on her side, as it has always been. She went outside again and found Senny and Lynn eating the toast she had made. Their head turned towards her when she entered the living room.

“Er,” she began, “I will be going now-” but Senny cut across her. “Ahhh, I thought you might say that.” He scratched his head. Then he got up and went inside his room, emerging some moments later, bringing a bundled pack with him on one hand and on another, two short staff rods. “I’m coming,” he said, matter-of-factly. Lynn was betraying no emotion whatsoever on her face; instead, she continued to sip her coffee as if what Senny was said didn’t concern her in the slightest.

“What?” NL asked.

“You heard me. I’m coming,” he repeated.

“But… But… What about Lynn?” NL protested.

“It doesn’t matter. She can look after herself. I just felt that I could not abandon you. It’s just my… instinct.”

“But you can’t just dump Lynn there.”

“Excuse me.” It was Lynn who spoke this time. “What did you exactly mean by ‘dump’? I’m not hhis lover.” She laughed. “But no, really, it doesn’t matter. I can look after myself very well. Actually, I’d be glad to be rid of him for a few months.” She smiled mischievously. “Ah, freedom…”

Senny raised his eyebrows, then broke into a grin himself. “Yeah, what’s a couple of months without a pesky sister to look after?” he retaliated. Then both broke into laughter. “Anyway, back to business. I’m coming with you. Not entirely for your interest, too, truthfully. I’ve been looking forward for something like this for a long time.”

Lynn had not said anything else; she resumed munching on her toast. It seemed clear to NL that they have discussed about this thing last night, and probably had came on a consensus between them. Ah well, she thought. I guess it doesn’t matter either way. He’d probably be a big help, especially in this unknown world, and his knowledge on spirits and monsters and whatnot might be handy during the journey. “Well… Okay then,” she gave in.

Lynn shrugged. “I think even if you had not consented he would still follow you anyway.” She got up. “Goodness knows when I will see you again, so…” she hugged Senny, then NL. “Well, have a safe journey then.”

Senny nodded. NL said goodbye and thanked Lynn for her (and Senny’s) hospitality over the few days she had. “Oh, it was nothing. Remember to drop back in when you’re done,” was Lynn’s reply, and she saw them to the border of the village.

. . .

And so the journey started. According to Taifuugan, said Ryookami, they should be well out of the desert after a day’s walk, so they had to reserve their water supply until they meet an oasis or a stream after the desert. Thus, the walk of the first day was filled with silence, since talking would cause them to get thirsty easier. They carried the pack Senny brought between them, only pausing once in a short while to rest or eat.

Their journey had progressed rather fast in the morning; the sun was not so high yet and even though they had to walk with the sun rising slightly to their right, it was not so hot. Then midday came. The progress began to slow down as the couple trudged through the desert. The sun was blazing on top of their heads and NL began to wish that she had asked Lynn for some change; indeed, her black Shinigami outfit only made the heat worse. Luckily most of the outfit was covered by her Captain’s robe which was white in colour. The earth was shimmering and it made their eyes water to look at it, so they had to look on ahead instead, looking for signs for the desert to end. They rested for half an hour, then resumed their walk.

Slowly, the sun began its majestic descend towards the west sky, and the temperature grew less hot than before. It was now easier to walk, with the sun being behind them and the ground now not so bright to look at. And still they kept walking and walking, wondering when the desert would come to an end.

It was dusk now and still they saw no sign for the desert to end. Speaking for the first time during the journey, NL said, “We might have to camp out here after all. It would be too cold to walk during the night, I think.” Senny nodded his agreement, and added, “But let’s walk a bit more. The air here is cooler than before; I think an oasis is somewhere just ahead of us.”

“Mhm.”

And it was true; soon enough, after a few more minutes, they came to an oasis. There was a pool of water, and NL buried her face in it thankfully. There were also some date palm trees, and they were able to make a meal out of the dates.

After the meal, both feeling considerably full and no more thirstiness, they turned in for the night.

“Senny?”

“Yes?”

“There’s… someone I’d like you to meet.”

“Eh?” Senny got up, and looked around. “Now don’t spook me around like that. Ancient stories told of ghouls who lurk in oases, waiting for some travelers to pass through and stay for the night, before devouring their souls. I thought…” He gave an involuntary shudder.

NL laughed. “Nah, nothing of the sort. Here.” She held up her Zanpakto.

“Hello, Senny.”

Senny’s eyes bulged and his mouth opened an inch. NL forced herself not to laugh at his comical expression; and instead pressed on. “Remember the Soul Reapers I told you about? And how each has his own zanpakto? Well, this is mine. Meet Ryookami.”

It was decided the night before. After Taifuugan announced the newly-found meeting place, the zanpakto have decided among themselves (with Zachiru’s consent) to talk to their wielders’ partners, but only if they agreed to follow them on the journey. It was because this would save the Shinigami much trouble of pretending having to go for a walk or distancing themselves from their partner just in order to talk to their zanpakto.

Senny’s mouth was still gaping. A moment later, he seemed to regain his senses and shook his head. “That thing… It spoke!” he exclaimed.

“I’m not ‘that thing’, and I would be very pleased if you can call me ‘she’ instead of ‘it’, thanks,” Ryookami retorted, a flicker of anger sounded in her voice.

“But… but…” Senny stuttered. “You never told me that thing, er, I mean, your zanpakto can talk!”

“No. Well, it didn’t use to be this way. I don’t know what happened too, but since the explosion, we shinigami seemed to have lost our powers and instead… our zanpakto were capable of human speech,” NL explained.

“Oh… okay…” Senny said. Then after a few moment’s silence, “Hi, Ryookami.”

“That’s better,” Ryookami said gruffly, but then changed her tone. “Anyway, hi. And thank you, too.”

“Eh? What’s for? And hello.”

Ryookami lowered her voice. “I never dared to call her Aurora before, you know. But then, you started it, and so I can call her that too.” She sounded extremely pleased about it.

NL cleared her throat. “Hm? What’s that?” she asked sharply.

“Uh, no, nothing,” Ryookami said in an innocent tone.

They talked for some more, then drowsiness got over them. Senny yawned. It was catching; because soon NL was yawning too. Senny got up and took their water bottles. He went to the pool to refill them to the brim, then had another drink himself.

“Well then, night,” he said, putting the water bottles back in the bundle.

“Yeah, good night,” Ryookami said.

“Mhm. Night.” NL said. “Only let’s get up earlier tomorrow, kay? I fancy walking before the sun rises, because when it does it’ll be in our path. It’s not hot, okay, but the light was too much to bear anyway. And I think we should hit fertile land soon. I’m keeping my fingers crossed for that. Maybe only another hour or so. I’m so sick of this desert.”

There was no answer. Senny had fallen asleep, and so has, it seemed, Ryookami. NL rolled her eyes. “Really.” Then she closed her eyes, and slept.

. . .

They woke up fresh in the morning. After some short meal consisting of bread and some dates and water, they set off again. This time it was really early in the morning; the sun had not risen yet and by NL’s calculation it must be around six in the morning. For an hour long they walked, the same routine as yesterday. Then when the sun was just rising, Senny saw something far ahead near the horizon. It was hard to make sure at first with the blinding light of the rising sun, but soon it became clear that they were now approaching the end of the desert and would be coming to greenery soon. Knowing this, both hastened their steps; the prospect of exiting the desert was something very good. Sure enough, after another hour they finally set foot on grass, hardy grass that survived the harshness of the desert. By NL’s estimation, it would be another good hour before they really entered the greenery. However, since both did not know when they would meet a stream or a brook, they were still careful about the water supply.

. . .

It was nearly midday. NL and Senny were now in the heart of the forest. The sun’s blaze, thankfully, was mostly shielded by the canopy overhead and only little shafts of light managed to penetrate the leafy structure overhead, giving the forest somewhat a lovely look. It was decided that they would split there and try to look for water or food, and both were to return to that spot after an hour, with or without haul. NL went to the south while Senny decided to try his luck in the northern direction.

. . .

For almost fifteen minutes NL walked carefully on the forest floor and twice she tripped on roots of trees. Cursing to herself as she got up after the second trip, something made her stop. It was the sound of trickling water. Eagerly she listened and tried to find the direction of the sound; and after some moments she found a stream running just behind a large tree. It had originated from the underground. NL whipped her water bottle and started to fill it up, then she had a drink herself. She was debating whether to go on and find some fruits or go back when she heard a sound.

Snap.

NL looked around. There was nobody in sight except for the trees and the stream. NL waited some more. She had been so sure she had heard the sound; it could not have been her imagination. But there was nobody in sight. She placed her water bottle back on its strap around her waist and drew her zanpakto. Her eyes darted around, looking for any signs of an enemy or a wild animal.

Then, without warning, someone struck her back. She whipped around and slashed her zanpakto.

But there was nobody in sight, again.

Suddenly she heard a rustle of leaves and on intuition, she brought her zanpakto upwards. This time she saw the attacker; it was a man with a red scarf. She could not see his face because it was hooded. His weapon was a dagger which seemed to be attached to a jet-black gauntlet he was wearing. Dagger and sword met and there was a moment’s pause before the man disappeared and reappeared behind NL, striking another spot, this time on her left arm.

She could feel the two places where she had been hit stung. Then without warning, a sense of dizziness swept across her and she swayed. The man made to strike again, but NL parried the hit with her zanpakto. “Ryookami!” she shouted, and her zanpakto emitted a fireball from its tip and fired it towards the man. NL thought he would disappear from sight again but instead, the man jumped and stood on top of a branch.

NL wanted to jump after him, but her body seemed reluctant; it was harder to move her body and it took all her determination to keep standing.

“Hmph,” the man said. He disappeared again and for the third time, struck another hit on NL. She fell down on the forest floor. Her legs wouldn’t support her anymore. It was weird. The hits she took were only shallow ones, so why is she finding it difficult, almost impossible to stand? Even raising her zanpakto was out of question now; she was using every ounce of her energy to keep awake and not faint.

The man was now closing on her. He held his dagger ready, pointing it at NL.

He pressed something on his wrist and the dagger shot out, straightly speeding to the place where NL’s heart would be.

Clang.

The dagger was met with a staff rod. The man looked up in surprise; it was Senny who had deflected his dagger.

“Tch,” he muttered, then ran away. This surprised Senny, he was expecting the man to stay and fight.

Senny bent down and looked at NL. She was sweating profusely. He did not know what the trick that the man used; so he decided to just clean the wound (they were really shallow; it was obvious that the man did not aim to kill when he attacked NL except for that last one when he launched his dagger) and wait until she recovers. This turned out to be the best decision; when he was finished cleaning up the wound NL was no longer sweating and she seemed to regain her normal senses back.

“Aurora, what happened?”

“I don’t know. I was filling up the water when that man suddenly assaulted me. He struck me thrice, then I found myself losing consciousness. I think there must be a poison of some sort in the man’s dagger, that’s why.”

Senny nodded. “Well anyway now that we’re here, let’s stay here for the dinner, no?” He opened up the bundle and took out a knife. Heading to the stream, he said, “I managed to find a rabbit back there. I wondered what took you so long so I headed in your direction.” He sat down beside the stream, apparently starting to skin and gut the rabbit to be eaten.

God idk >< idt it's very interesting. Tell me what you think =\
Well the last part was really interesting...and Senny's reaction to Ryookami is hilarious. xD
Looking forward to the next chapter.

The raw for episode 256 is up on the internet, hopefully the subs will come out today too.

I like Pokemon (...)
2nd February 2010, 6:55 PM
It feels like a while since I've posted >.>

@Arc, the chapter did seem a bit slow, though it's to be expected because most of it was trekking through the desert.
“What did you exactly mean by ‘dump’? I’m not hhis lover.”-Made me LOL
Dates = awesomes.
Ryookami always makes me laugh.
And now we get to the interesting part... The others will probably get attacked somewhat similarly.

arceus03
3rd February 2010, 1:04 AM
And now we get to the interesting part... The others will probably get attacked somewhat similarly.

How come you can always tell what I will be working on? First the zan's voices, now this... >.>

Are you stalking me? ....Creepy...

Anyhow, I'm messing up the 'normal' order of the characters soon... Due to... err.... time reasons. XD Locations. Emcee might be next. idk.

MasterCharizard15
3rd February 2010, 2:42 AM
@Arc
Good Chapter

Of the Bankais we haven't seen, what do you think they'll look like, and what effects will they have?


Kenpachi's=Death
Gin=Meatal shavings flying all around...
Unohana's=Death by Smile....

Zameric
3rd February 2010, 6:38 AM
Well that was a nice episode. :)

Hmm, someone did a good job polishing the floors. xD
And why didn't Rukia just use some Kido on those tōyajū(lit. sword beast) at first.

Well later in the episode, nice Rukia & Sode no Shirayuki battle action. xD
Sogyo no Kotowari are really cute. Ukitake must love having two little kids runnign around. shot for hidden meaning XD

Arrancar Encyclopedia is back, woo. xD
And it was very funny. arrancar telephone

GalladeX
3rd February 2010, 3:30 PM
May I join?

Zachiru, who's that?
Could it be a Bleach person?
I am a big noob

So...I like Bleach :D

*Zanpakuto edited for differentiation from Rangiku's*
And here's my Zanpakuto:

Zanpaktou Name; Sunataka (砂のタカ, Sand Hawk)
Type; Kido
Zanpaktou Spirit; A human-sized hawk whose wings are made of sand.

Release Command; Yari (やり, Spear)
Shikai Details; Shikai turns Sunataka into a blade of sand. The hilt becomes wider, and the blade turns to sand. The sand is then controlled with telekenises. It makes it easy to counter and strike. The sand blade can reform as long as there is the sand within a 60-foot Radius. The sand is very rough, and if moved at high enough speed, can put holes in metal. If the user enhales the sand, which might happen, the user can still control the sand, and even spear it out of them. The sand has the ability to contain small objects, such as coins, for storage or projectile usage. A special, though dangerous if not used correctly, power the user can use is to inhale a couple grains of the sand. By whipping the blade, they can dramatically increase there speed. By throwing the blade, the user can rush extremely fast to it. This is a dangerous power. If the user inhales too much sand, and then the Zanpakuto reverts from Shikai, the user can be killed. This is to say, that the sand will turn into the blade material, which, let's just say, isn't a gourmet meal.

Bankai Name; Akuma Sunataka(悪魔, Demon Sand Hawk)

Bankai Details; The first thing is, the blade shoots a sand bullet from the tip, hitting the opponent and sticks there. Then, the blade is turned into very small sand hawks, which hit the opponent right at the bullet mark. The sand hawks can be reformed into the blade for the final hit. If the user chooses, the hawks can morph into chains, or spears, and use the same effect.

Anything Else; N/A currently

Zameric
3rd February 2010, 4:40 PM
May I join?

Zachiru, who's that?
Could it be a Bleach person?
I am a big noob

So...I like Bleach :D

And here's my Zanpakuto:

Zanpaktou Name; Sunataka (砂のタカ, Sand Hawk)
Type; Kido
Zanpaktou Spirit; A human-sized hawk whose wings are made of sand.

Release Command; Yari (やり, Spear)
Shikai Details; Shikai turns Sunataka into a blade of sand. The hilt becomes wider, and the blade turns to sand. The sand is then controlled with telekenises. It makes it easy to counter and strike. The sand blade can reform as long as there is the sand within a 60-foot Radius.

Bankai Name; Akuma Sunataka(悪魔, Demon Sand Hawk)

Bankai Details; The first thing is, the blade shoots a sand bullet from the tip, hitting the opponent and sticks there. Then, the blade is turned into very small sand hawks, which hit the opponent right at the bullet mark. The sand hawks can be reformed into the blade for the final hit.

Anything Else; N/A currently

Hello and welcome to the Bleach Club GalladeX. I'm the captain of Squad 9, Zameric.

Zachiru is the name of Captain-Commander Golde's zanpakuto. even though he hasn't re-posted it here, since he's fixing it

Just wondering, How up to date are you in the series?
(i.e. do you just watch/read the dubs, subs, or manga or maybe all three?)

Sunataka is a very interesting zanpakuto. But when you say the hilt becomes wider, what do you mean? Does the handle or the guard/tsuba widen?[/s]

I like Pokemon (...)
3rd February 2010, 7:05 PM
How come you can always tell what I will be working on? First the zan's voices, now this... >.>

Are you stalking me? ....Creepy...
Because every time you post a chapter, I predict what happens. Most are logically worked out.

May I join?

Zachiru, who's that?
Could it be a Bleach person?
I am a big noob

So...I like Bleach :D

And here's my Zanpakuto:

Zanpaktou Name; Sunataka (砂のタカ, Sand Hawk)
Type; Kido
Zanpaktou Spirit; A human-sized hawk whose wings are made of sand.

Release Command; Yari (やり, Spear)
Shikai Details; Shikai turns Sunataka into a blade of sand. The hilt becomes wider, and the blade turns to sand. The sand is then controlled with telekenises. It makes it easy to counter and strike. The sand blade can reform as long as there is the sand within a 60-foot Radius.

Bankai Name; Akuma Sunataka(悪魔, Demon Sand Hawk)

Bankai Details; The first thing is, the blade shoots a sand bullet from the tip, hitting the opponent and sticks there. Then, the blade is turned into very small sand hawks, which hit the opponent right at the bullet mark. The sand hawks can be reformed into the blade for the final hit.

Anything Else; N/A currently

Welcome to the Bleach Club 2! I am I like Pokemon (...) the Captain of the 12th squad. I am also known by the nicknames of ILP/Aaroniero/Anternero/Ant/anything else you may find fitting.

I quite like your zanpakutou, however I feel it might be too similar to Rangiku's Haineko. If Golde decides it IS too similar, you will have to change it/make a new one so that it isn't. Just a heads up.

Zam, 4 more posts and I regain my thrown.

GalladeX
3rd February 2010, 7:44 PM
Because every time you post a chapter, I predict what happens. Most are logically worked out.

Welcome to the Bleach Club 2! I am I like Pokemon (...) the Captain of the 12th squad. I am also known by the nicknames of ILP/Aaroniero/Anternero/Ant/anything else you may find fitting.

I quite like your zanpakutou, however I feel it might be too similar to Rangiku's Haineko. If Golde decides it IS too similar, you will have to change it/make a new one so that it isn't. Just a heads up.

Zam, 4 more posts and I regain my thrown.

Hm. It is sort of similar to Rangiku's now that I look at it :/
I just figured since hers uses ash, and mine uses sand, that they were differnet enough :P


Sunataka is a very interesting zanpakuto. But when you say the hilt becomes wider, what do you mean? Does the handle or the guard/tsuba widen?[/s]

When I meant wider, I meant bigger, as in it changes from a regular size handle to a bigger one to allow better control.


Just wondering, How up to date are you in the series?
Umm...let's see. I just finished the battle with Kaien/Aaronaaroniaia-or-however-you-spell-it and Rukia. Then I've read parts of the beginning, and then there's a big gap, now I'm reading the Hueco Mundo arc >_< I'm reading it online to stay up to date.

Zameric
3rd February 2010, 8:29 PM
5, Ant. >D

Well, maybe adding a special move or two on the shikai would help some. ;p

Ah, so that's where ya are. Well if you have any questions, feel free to ask any of the captains.

I like Pokemon (...)
3rd February 2010, 9:02 PM
Hm. It is sort of similar to Rangiku's now that I look at it :/
I just figured since hers uses ash, and mine uses sand, that they were differnet enough :P

>.>
I keep thinking Haineko is sand >.< I suppose that might let you off, but again, we'll just have to wait and see.


Umm...let's see. I just finished the battle with Kaien/Aaronaaroniaia-or-however-you-spell-it and Rukia. Then I've read parts of the beginning, and then there's a big gap, now I'm reading the Hueco Mundo arc >_< I'm reading it online to stay up to date.
Ah, well you still have quite a while to go. I'm assuming you just read the manga and don't watch either anime?
By the way, it's Aaroniero Arururie (though some of the Rs become Ls in the English version).

GalladeX
4th February 2010, 12:02 AM
>.>
I keep thinking Haineko is sand >.< I suppose that might let you off, but again, we'll just have to wait and see.


Ah, well you still have quite a while to go. I'm assuming you just read the manga and don't watch either anime?
By the way, it's Aaroniero Arururie (though some of the Rs become Ls in the English version).

I haven't seen any of the anime, but I'll watch an episode tonight.
Why can't the Espadas just have regular names?

Espada: "MWAHAHAHA! You shall face the almight power of---"
Ichigo: "?!"
Espada: "STEVE!!"

Anyway, incase anyone cares, my favorite characters are Kaien and Ulquiorra.

Sapphiredragon929
4th February 2010, 12:11 AM
I haven't seen any of the anime, but I'll watch an episode tonight.
Why can't the Espadas just have regular names?

Espada: "MWAHAHAHA! You shall face the almight power of---"
Ichigo: "?!"
Espada: "STEVE!!"

Anyway, incase anyone cares, my favorite characters are Kaien and Ulquiorra.

Oh, God no plz.

I mean, he gave them names with foreign influnces. As by the time the espada concept was introduced, the Manga BLEACH took off in America. So he went European and African, for that reason (he didn't want American/English things)

And A standard name in English =/= a standard name in Japanese.

Japanese standard female names: Asuka, Naoko, Misaki (though the latter one is more and more rare)

English: Emily, Hannah, Alice?

first of all, there is no C's in japanese, or Q's, And V's are not there too (along with L's)

Finally, I would honestly throw myself off of a bridge if the dubbing company gave them english names. (Starrk is now Stan?! What is this) The foreign names to both cultures gives that manga that appeal.

I like Pokemon (...)
4th February 2010, 1:02 AM
I haven't seen any of the anime, but I'll watch an episode tonight.
Why can't the Espadas just have regular names?
I believe the Espadas' names are based on famous architects.
Also, wouldn't you find it a bit boring for them to have Japanese names constantly? And if you look at it, the Espadas were once human souls; and very few of them look Japanese (yeah, I know, most people don't look Japanese in anime ANYWAY)...

Espada: "MWAHAHAHA! You shall face the almight power of---"
Ichigo: "?!"
Espada: "STEVE!!"
I lol'd. YGO:A reference?

Anyway, incase anyone cares, my favorite characters are Kaien and Ulquiorra.
*High five* ULQUIORRA FTW.

GalladeX
4th February 2010, 1:13 AM
Oh, God no plz.

I mean, he gave them names with foreign influnces. As by the time the espada concept was introduced, the Manga BLEACH took off in America. So he went European and African, for that reason (he didn't want American/English things)

And A standard name in English =/= a standard name in Japanese.

Japanese standard female names: Asuka, Naoko, Misaki (though the latter one is more and more rare)

English: Emily, Hannah, Alice?

first of all, there is no C's in japanese, or Q's, And V's are not there too (along with L's)

Finally, I would honestly throw myself off of a bridge if the dubbing company gave them english names. (Starrk is now Stan?! What is this) The foreign names to both cultures gives that manga that appeal.

I was..um..kidding. Heh heh.

Of the Bankai's we haven't seen, what do you think they'll look like, and what effects will they have?

Rukia: Probably some kind of dance variation, maybe involving a blizzard.
Gin: Maybe an enhanced form of his Shikai? Like he shoots that energy beam, then it swings back, strikes them again, and over and over.
Shinji: Maybe an increased form of his Shikai, too? Except this time, it totally throws off their equilibriam, and he can invert gravity.
Kisuke: He manipulates blood, so... He cuts the opponent, and turns their blood to smoke or something? I dunno.

MasterCharizard15
4th February 2010, 2:14 AM
Welcome GalladeX

I'm the Captain of the most leathal Squad, Squad 6.
You can call me MC...

@Lt
You posted!
Party Time! :)

@Ant
*Throws Ulquiorra plushie at you*

MasterCharizard15
4th February 2010, 2:15 AM
Welcome GalladeX

I'm the Captain of the most leathal Squad, Squad 6.
You can call me MC...

@Lt
You posted!
Party Time! :)

@Ant
*Throws Ulquiorra plushie at you*

GalladeX
4th February 2010, 3:16 AM
Welcome GalladeX

I'm the Captain of the most leathal Squad, Squad 6.
You can call me MC...

@Lt
You posted!
Party Time! :)

@Ant
*Throws Ulquiorra plushie at you*

*Jumps in way and catches it*

I can't believe I've been saying Ulquiorra wrong this whole time.

Was there anything you mispronounced?

Sapphiredragon929
4th February 2010, 3:53 AM
*Jumps in way and catches it*

I can't believe I've been saying Ulquiorra wrong this whole time.

Was there anything you mispronounced?

Nnorita, and Szayel. I still prounounce them wrong but whatever <3333 They're still sauces of epiccake!!

uh let's see

How do you handle the critiscisms (sp) of BleacH~!

Zameric
4th February 2010, 4:02 AM
Is no one else gonna comment on the sub episode this week? :(

Hey GalladeX, wanna join my squad?

Was there anything you mispronounced/mispelled?
Well I usually don't include the u in the romanization of ō(which is ou). Like how it's supposed to be zanpkautou/ō, when in english it's pronouced as zanpakto.


Nnorita, and Szayel. I still prounounce them wrong but whatever <3333 They're still sauces of epiccake!![/B]
Nnoitra is pronouces as No-Ee-Tor-Ra for some reason. The s in Szayel is just silent.. Z-A-Yell.

MasterCharizard15
4th February 2010, 6:51 AM
Captain of sqaud 6...MC

@GalladeX
Welcome.
Sqaud 6 is the best!

@Sapph
HEYYY!!!

How do you handle the critiscisms (sp) of BleacH~!
I sick Muffin on them...
With an open mind and keeping in mind that its opionated.

GalladeX
4th February 2010, 2:51 PM
How do you handle the critiscisms (sp) of BleacH~!

I take Sunataka and make a clean slice directly through their fa--
Um. Ahem.

First I'd ask them why they don't like it. Then, if they say they just don't like it, I'll say "maybe I just don't like your hobby."
Or if they actually have a sensible reason, then it's okay.

PS. I'm confused. Do I ask to join a Squad, does Golde tell me, or do one of the Captains recruit me?

Zameric
4th February 2010, 4:39 PM
It's completely your choice what squad you want to ask to join. :)
But some captains here like to try to influence new member's choice. ;p
Squad 9 is better than Squad 6

How do you handle the criticisms of Bleach~!
Just one sentence.. Bankai, Bekkojigen kara Keiri, Kirihansu!
I usually don't talk to people about Bleach unless I know they are into anime. And I haven't found too many people that don't care for it.
I don't actually remember personally getting into any fights with people that bashed Bleach. I would probably just ask them why they don't like it and then just never talk to them about it again.

See, now that was a great chapter! That's what Kubo should be doing more of. XD

Poor Komamura, Rose & Love. I hope they aren't dead. :/

I freaking loved Shinji's grin! And it was even made better by Aizen's reaction! XD

Now I'm really looking forward to next weeks chapter to see how hurt Aizen is.
This better not just be an illusion and Hitsu ended up killing an ally

I like Pokemon (...)
4th February 2010, 6:37 PM
*Jumps in way and catches it*
*Takes it from him- you are a boy, right?* MINE!


Was there anything you mispronounced/mispelled?
I think i mispronounce Ulquiorra. I don't watch the dubs and I don't pay a lot of attention to the Japanese pronunciations.

How do you handle the criticism of Bleach?
I don't think I get it that often... But I think I'd debate against their bad points.

I really enjoyed it.
THIS is how war should be: multiple captains working together to kill one person. Not 1 V 1.
I liked Shinji's grin and Aizen's reaction.
I'm CERTAIN he's not defeated yet. Maybe it was a clone or something, or he forced Gin to take the hit somehow.

GalladeX
4th February 2010, 7:34 PM
*Takes it from him- you are a boy, right?* MINE!


Yeah I'm a boy. An Ulquiorra action figure would be cooler. :D

I mispronounced/missspelled Arrancars a Arracnars, thought Vizards was VEE-zards, and still can't spell Aaronieno to save my life.

invaderdim
4th February 2010, 8:07 PM
just to remind you guys, i am full of work atm and this club will have to be of minor importance for awhile >_< damn my laziness!!!

as with the manga
i bet gin will probably heal aizen or something like that, even if aizen's dead gin is still there

GalladeX
4th February 2010, 11:03 PM
Okey-doke. I, GalladeX, would like to apply to be a member of Squad 9.
*Hands you a resume*
*Resume is blank*

Zameric
5th February 2010, 3:43 AM
Woo. Read it and weep MC. ;p
What squad position would you like to be. Lt. through 4th Seat is open.
If you start at a lower rank, you can always work your way up. (pretty much just by showing you're an active and rule abiding member)

You're zan can kind of work like a resume here. xD

MasterCharizard15
5th February 2010, 3:45 AM
@Zam
Why you! Come over to Squad 6 and say that!
Hmm...were alike in how we handle that.

@Ant
No! You had yours...*Takes it back*

Manga
:) I hope hes hurt really bad...I want limbs!!

GalladeX
5th February 2010, 3:53 AM
Woo. Read it and weep MC. ;p
What squad position would you like to be. Lt. through 4th Seat is open.
If you start at a lower rank, you can always work your way up. (pretty much just by showing you're an active and rule abiding member)

You're zan can kind of work like a resume here. xD

How about 3'rd seat, please?

Wow. Glocerion was gross. Or groc, in this case. He ate 33,000+ Hollows? And Kaien? Wow...

Zameric
5th February 2010, 4:03 AM
Flash Steps to Squad 6 barracks as says it to your face, then Flash Steps away before you can do anything. >D


How about 3'rd seat, please?

Wow. Glocerion was gross. Or groc, in this case. He ate 33,000+ Hollows? And Kaien? Wow...

Alrighty, I'll go update the squad page with you as 3rd Seat and with your zan. Now we just have to wait for Golde to update the first post. e.e

Umm, you don't have to put that in spoilers since it has happened in the english dub of the anime now.
And the name of Aaroniero's Resurrección/zanpakuto is Glotonería.

arceus03
5th February 2010, 2:17 PM
Hello and welcome to the Bleach Club, GalladeX.
I'm the Squad of 4th Captain, err, 4 of Captain Squad, err, you get it.
And an Unohana die-hard-fan :P



Zam, 4 more posts and I regain my thrown.

You regain your thrown.... Like, you get thrown again? XDDDDDDD
It's throne.



Espada: "MWAHAHAHA! You shall face the almight power of---"
Ichigo: "?!"
Espada: "STEVE!!"


That made me lol.



first of all, there is no C's in japanese, or Q's, And V's are not there too (along with L's)


Err.... Vasto Lorde?

Was there anything you mispronounced?
Totally unrelated to Bleach, but I pronounced the c in Arceus as s (are-see) but in the movie they said ar-kee. =\

I'm sticking to see anyway. XP

Criticism topic-
I'd say *insert name of other manga here* doesn't have Unohana. XD
But meh, every people are entitled of their own opinion. If they don't like Bleach, fine, but don't go flaming it in front of me or I'll flame them back. XD




I'm CERTAIN he's not defeated yet. Maybe it was a clone or something, or he forced Gin to take the hit somehow.

That better not happen, or Kubo will be killed in his bed by NL

Manga~
That WAS a good chapter ^^
I know Aizen won't be dead (he might, though. You never know, but it'd be lame) yet, but seeing his surprised looks was satisfying. He was actually sweating. ^^

For all we know, they could all very well be in influence of Kyoukasuigetsu. Or maybe even his bankai.

But really =\
Hachi lost an arm, Hiyori cut in half, Mashiro unable to battle, now Love, Rose and Lisa. What's happening to the Vaizards.....?

I was hoping to see more of Lisa's zan too. Its shape was cool.

I guess what Gin said when he meant Aizen's power last week was his overwhelming reiatsu, as Aizen said to Soi Fon. Anyone agree with me?

One question about Tosen though - when he died (aka asploded), where would he go - Soul Society or reincarnation cycle? He was a shinigami AND has a resurreccion, so...?

Emcee I'm keeping my fingers crossed for Aizen's arm.... To add to the collection.

Zameric
5th February 2010, 4:47 PM
Err.... Vasto Lorde?

Was there anything you mispronounced?
Totally unrelated to Bleach, but I pronounced the c in Arceus as s (are-see) but in the movie they said ar-kee. =\

Manga~
That WAS a good chapter ^^
I know Aizen won't be dead (he might, though. You never know, but it'd be lame) yet, but seeing his surprised looks was satisfying. He was actually sweating. ^^

For all we know, they could all very well be in influence of Kyoukasuigetsu. Or maybe even his bankai.

But really =\
Hachi lost an arm, Hiyori cut in half, Mashiro unable to battle, now Love, Rose and Lisa. What's happening to the Vaizards.....?

I was hoping to see more of Lisa's zan too. Its shape was cool.

I guess what Gin said when he meant Aizen's power last week was his overwhelming reiatsu, as Aizen said to Soi Fon. Anyone agree with me?

One question about Tosen though - when he died (aka asploded), where would he go - Soul Society or reincarnation cycle? He was a shinigami AND has a resurreccion, so...?
Well I think he meant there isn't a V (and the other letters he said) in the traditional Japanese alphabet.

I think Tosen just goes into the reincarnation cycle. His dominant half was a Soul Reaper, while his Resurrecci&#243;n was just probably drawn upon from his less dominant Hollow half like his Vizard powers.

I like Pokemon (...)
5th February 2010, 6:30 PM
@Ant
No! You had yours...*Takes it back*
*Takes it and hides it where MC would never find it*


You regain your thrown.... Like, you get thrown again? XDDDDDDD
It's throne.

*Finger* I knew I spelled/spelt (HA! I put BOTH! Now you can't correct me!) it wrong...

And I believe the V is often pronounced like a B in Japanese (if the romanization of Vegeta>Bejita taught me anything, it's that).

And I pretty much completely agree with Zameric concerning Tousen.

Northern Lights
5th February 2010, 7:03 PM
I really enjoyed it.
THIS is how war should be: multiple captains working together to kill one person. Not 1 V 1.
I liked Shinji's grin and Aizen's reaction.
I'm CERTAIN he's not defeated yet. Maybe it was a clone or something, or he forced Gin to take the hit somehow.

=O NOOO - i doubt it, he seems to only really care for himself

how on earth would Gin be able to take that hit, nah i reckon he's gonna have done some tricksy things here, maybe the damage egst diverted somewhere else.

Or thats an illusion of aizen with the real one somewhere else.

or maybe Kubo is getting tired of immortal Aizen.

I like Pokemon (...)
5th February 2010, 9:37 PM
=O NOOO - i doubt it, he seems to only really care for himself

how on earth would Gin be able to take that hit, nah i reckon he's gonna have done some tricksy things here, maybe the damage egst diverted somewhere else.

Or thats an illusion of aizen with the real one somewhere else.

or maybe Kubo is getting tired of immortal Aizen.
You answered your own question, in the first sentence in the spoiler XP.

It's probably an illusion/a diverted attack.

Kubo is NOT going to kill Aizen now. Hell freaking no.

arceus03
6th February 2010, 1:44 AM
Well I think he meant there isn't a V (and the other letters he said) in the traditional Japanese alphabet.


Oh. OK. :P




It's probably an illusion/a diverted attack.

Kubo is NOT going to kill Aizen now. Hell freaking no.

It'd be a good thing if he does >.> XD
But idt it's an illusion
I think Aizen did get a hit there..... Probably just a scratch, whatever, but he can't be unhurt after all these tag-team.... It'll be over-uber.

Ah.... What if we get back to Yammy next week? XD


*Finger* I knew I spelled/spelt (HA! I put BOTH! Now you can't correct me!) it wrong...
Yeah suuuuuuuuuuuure
That's totally believable

XP

Wanna see something random I've been doing?

Eon Master
6th February 2010, 2:04 AM
About damn time I posted here, eh?

Holy crap. That was some great teamwork on the Captains' and Vizards' parts. Aizen had to have taken some damage at least. How much, I don't know.

I'd actually like to get back to Yammy, but not right now. It would be no fun to wait another week or longer until we find out what happened to Aizen.

Arc, randomness please :3

arceus03
6th February 2010, 11:14 AM
I'd actually like to get back to Yammy, but not right now. It would be no fun to wait another week or longer until we find out what happened to Aizen.

Arc, randomness please :3

Yeah, but knowing Kubo....
He could just do that. I hope he won't though.

Whatever happened to Muffin? D:
MC, you did not take enough care of your subordinates... Tsk.

Randomness (http://i263.photobucket.com/albums/ii159/arceus03/armcollection.png)

XP

EDIT I missed two characters... Fixed it. If you remember anyone else, notify me. XD

I like Pokemon (...)
6th February 2010, 11:32 AM
Ah.... What if we get back to Yammy next week? XD
Nah, Kubo doesn't switch scenes mid-attack (at least... I don't think he ever has).


Yeah suuuuuuuuuuuure
That's totally believable

XP
You know it's true, that's why you're agreeing with me XP


Whatever happened to Muffin? D:
I'll ask when we're both online at the same time... But I know he's going to be back in 2 weeks.

Randomness (http://i263.photobucket.com/albums/ii159/arceus03/armcollection.png)

XD
Freaking. Win.
I almost want Kubo to tear off more arms to add to the collection.

rotrum
6th February 2010, 5:19 PM
Umm..I itnhk my battle match-up got banned...

Still have'nt had time to catch up.

also, are any of the judges reading all of the posts?

MasterCharizard15
7th February 2010, 11:30 PM
Before I say anything else in my post...*Burns all the Oars, Steamrollers and take all the zanpaktou*

Flash Steps to Squad 6 barracks as says it to your face, then Flash Steps away before you can do anything. >D
-_- Coward.


Emcee I'm keeping my fingers crossed for Aizen's arm.... To add to the collection.
Hopefully both...


Takes it and hides it where MC would never find it*
-_-
Ulquiorra: *Stands next to MC in a Sqaud 6 uniform* ...trash.


Whatever happened to Muffin? D:
MC, you did not take enough care of your subordinates... Tsk.

Muffin's wellbeing is his bussiness. Also...for all you know...no...Squad 6's bussiness is Classified.


Umm..I itnhk my battle match-up got banned...

Still have'nt had time to catch up.

also, are any of the judges reading all of the posts?

1. Read my message below about the contest.

2. Tch...Captain of Squad 10 falling behind?

3. I am.

BATTLE CONTEST : UPDATE

Okay...since Muffin got banned...*Sighs* Rotrum wins...
Now the Contest enters round 2, the Round Robin.

Ant/Ilp Vs Eon Vs Rotrum

This is how it works...you must battle both contestants.
Example: Eon vs ILP and Eon vs Rotrum.

The person that loses twice will be out of the contest and be 3rd place while the other 2 will fight in the finals.

Golde
8th February 2010, 12:59 AM
A week after the Tamarensa incident, the Soul Society was finally starting to calm down. Sure, the security was still at an all time high, and a select few were still paranoid beyond belief, but most of the residents had passed the attacks off as hostile, rogue shinigami attacks, easily handled by the well trained students and other squad members.

But, of course, the Captains, especially Golde, knew better.

Golde himself was sitting in his office, his head down. He was furiously rubbing his temples, trying to make sense of all this. And no new information was coming in yet; Kashaku had decided that he had had enough. He couldn’t handle torturing a man, a woman, and a little girl. Their wounds were healed and they were put in the dungeons.

So, Golde had no other option, except the patented, "wait and see" strategy.

~~~

The leader of the Shinigami Slayers sat in a large, stone chair, along with the 5 other remaining members.

Each of their masks were removed and placed in a vertical dais at the entrance of the room, which had a special area for each mask. Behind each of the chairs, each of their weapons were lodged deep into a stone slab.

"Well, I never thought our numbers would go this low," mused Noza, his mask removed, revealing a handsome young man, appearing as if he was only in his twenties. "But, as you know, I’ve decided that it’s time to go on the offensive. Any of you are free to refuse, but I doubt any of you will". No one said anything. "So, we move as soon as possible then."

"Wait," said a man, draped in black clothing, a long scythe thrust into a slab behind him. "Wouldn’t it be better to try to get some more recruits, or at least break Medusa, Iki, and Tamarensa out first before we try anything this drastic? I mean, six of us versus the entire Soul Society?"

Takai answered the man. "Phasma, chances are, if we were to send another in to break those three out, that person would be intercepted and killed, like Hana." Behind his mask, Takai appeared quite old, with dark skin, perhaps that of an Egyptian.

"Yes, but…"

Noza answered this time. "I have prepared enough energy to use my, 'Gateway Opening' technique, and Takai is ready to use his 'Second-Stage'. We have an army already, one that would probably outnumber the Soul Society." He smiled. "You’re not loosing the Faith, are you?"

N-no.." The young man sat back in his seat, avoiding eye contact with Noza.

"So," said Noza, sitting up, moving his chin off his hand. "We move at dawn, tommorrow."

I like Pokemon (...)
8th February 2010, 1:13 AM
Oh, so we each battle twice, and then the 2 that won the most go through? Okay... I might forfeit and just let them fight... MIGHT. Depends, I guess.

@Ed, I kinda liked the chapter. It was a bit too short though. Is there a particular reason why you didn't just join this to the last/next chapter?

Golde
8th February 2010, 1:38 AM
~~~

Tamarensa leaned against Medusa, asleep. Tamarensa had always thought of Medusa as a mother, and Medusa had treated Tamarensa like her daughter.

Iki, of course, was still a bit hateful toward Medusa. He, like Tamarensa, was a die-hard follower of the ways of the Shinigami Slayers.

Medusa shifted a bit, brushing some of her medium long brown hair from her eyes. She would never tell Iki or Tamarensa this, of course, but she was starting to wonder if the Soul Society was as terrible as their leader had said. They all seemed so dedicated. Even that man; She despised him for the days of torture, but she could sense the pain in his voice.

She sat there, stroking Tamarensa’s soft hair, before drifting off herself

~~~

The 13th Squad Captain, San, as he was called, sat upon one of the gates, smoking his usual cigarette, and scratching his neck.

“Well, this is bull.” He rubbed his scalp. “It’s friggin hot.”

He looked out on the horizon, and thought he saw some movement in the distance.

He looked harder, and it seemed as if the trees were moving, as if a great army was advancing toward the Soul Society.

He stood, to get a better look…and, sure enough, something was coming. “****”.

He turned and ran.

~~~

Golde was still sitting at his desk. He had nothing. No plan. No headquarters. No real information. At this point, the entire Soul Society was a sitting duck.

Then, a familiar foot burst through the door.

“Dammit San!” Golde turned from his desk, just as a hand shoved Golde’s head toward the window.

“Look dammit.”

Golde turned his eyes toward the window, and his expression instantly changed from anger to surprise. “What the…”

”We need everyone ready, now Golde.”

~~~

Just fifteen minutes later, a majority of the Captains had been gathered in front of the South Gate, where, only a few hundred feet into the woods, something was coming.

“We’re not going to lie, we have no idea what this is,” said San, facing the other Captains. “But, we believe it is a full-scale invasion. We know, or rather, think we know, that only 6 members are left in this, “Organization” (Air quotes) but, let’s not underestimate them, even if there is a small chance of them overtaking us, there’s still a chance, and there’s the risk of casualties. So, prepare yourselves, all of you, for the fight of your lives.”

~~~

Medusa awoke with a start. She carefully rose, trying her best not to awaken Tamarensa, and moved to the bars.

“It’s almost time,” She said, a tear forming in her eye.

Because that's how it's set up, ANT XP

arceus03
8th February 2010, 3:55 PM
Before I say anything else in my post...*Burns all the Oars, Steamrollers and take all the zanpaktou*


*hides my oar from MC*
And no, before you ask, you can't burn it :]

Muffin's only banned for 2 weeks... Why not wait instead? =P

ED hayaku; and post ALL the remaining 9 chapters. Can't wait for the rest XP

Oh Rotrum Please could you take time to write your post legibly? I read your battle with Muffin and half of them.... :x Well let's just say that your writing can be improved... There's no need to rush really... And just right click on those red lines and choose the right spelling if you cbb to correct them yourself =\

I can't believe I forgot about Sado's and Yammy's arms last time XD
Anyone else? XD

Golde
9th February 2010, 4:17 AM
~~~

The first hollow emerged from the forest when the sun was highest in the sky. Alex Sasaki shot ahead of the rest, cutting it clean in half with her sword. She deserved her title of "The Second Fastest in the Soul Society".

”A hollow, in the Soul Society?” She looked ahead, startled. Another one came out, faster this time, leaving her only a second to guard.

“Yuutarishita!”

The 3rd Squad Captain released her Shikai, leaving a soft pink mist right in front of the entire South border of the Soul Society. The hollow that Alex was blocking couldn't help but relax, enough time for her sword to slice off its arm, then its head.

By this time, the others had already engaged in combat.

~~~

Medusa ran to awaken Iki. “Wake up!” She kicked him.

“What the fu-“ He sensed it instantly. “They’ve started! Yes!” He looked overjoyed, but, it was disturbing. Medusa looked at his face, and she couldn’t quite place the look, perhaps, insane...happiness?

“Finally, we get what we deserve!”

~~~

“Hyah!”

San’s disc blades cut a large X on the hollow that he’d been fighting’s mask.

Their numbers had quadrupled in minutes. There were already probably hundreds within the Soul Society. He just hoped that the Lieutenants and other Squad members could handle them.

He defended another incoming claw, chopping off all the fingers before slashing the mask.

~~~

8th Squad Taicho, Oujou Sashikizu was knocked backwards into the wall. Normally a carefree individual, he was extremely panicky. He had to release his shikai, but…

He held his sword in front of him. If only his older brother had been here, this would be a lot easier. But he had to be hospitalized, he thought, his sarcasm wasted on himself.

“Sting, Sasori!”

From his hands, shoulders, forearms and back emerged blades. He flinched in extreme pain. But this was nothing yet. The blades shot from his body, leaving him screaming in agony. The blood dripping from the spikes began to swirl and connect, before forming a sort of string of blood. In the end, there were 9 curved blades surrounding him, with a large, axe-like blade coming over his head.

His appearance after this entire ordeal truly earned him the title, “The Blood Scorpion”. The curved blade strings made it look as if he had 3 claws surrounding him, and the large blade over his head seemed to look like a stinger.

He rubbed his messy, silver hair, showing the massive gashes on his arm, blood dripping down to his elbow.

“Well then, prepare for your end, hollows.” He said, a sad attempt at a dramatic statement.

The hollows around him, enticed by the smell of blood, all at once lunged at him. He shot two of the “claws” forward, between them. He then used those same claws to hurl the hollows either left or right, straight into the walls on his left or right, with so much force that the bones and masks of the beasts were shattered.

The rest of the hollows in the immediate area were impaled by the third claw and stinger.

~~~

In the 4th Squad Hospital, a man stirred in his bed, awoken by the commotion outside.

Grumbling, he tried to go back to sleep, but couldn’t. He sat there, eyes closed, listening. But then he heard it.

A woman’s scream.

He arose, as fast as he could, and stumbled to the window, his illness making him barely able to walk anymore.

He looked out. Hollows? There were hundreds of them, destroying the Seretei…

He closed his eyes for a minute, squeezing his brow with his fingers. “Please,” he mumbled to himself, “Let hallucinations be a side effect of the damned drugs…” Opening one eye, he saw the havoc outside, and knew this was no trick of his mind.

He stumbled to the exit, and grabbed his sword, laid on the table by the door.

~~~

MasterCharizard15
9th February 2010, 10:13 PM
Bleach 392 Spoiler Summary
Credit : ohana
Verification : Confirmed
Translation: Breakn2
愛染のニッコリ
Aizen grinned.
愛染 : ていない場合は、私はあなたに、日番谷冬与えたスラッシュを覚えていますか?
Aizen: Don’t you remember the slash I inflicted on you, Hitsugaya-kun?
愛染 : のようにあなたの教訓を確認していないように見える
Aizen: It seems like it did not make you learn your lesson.
日番谷冬 : ‘咲く氷スイレン’
Hitsugaya: “Blooming ice waterlily”
愛染の体の花によって具体化された形の氷
Aizen’s body was embodied by flower-shaped ice.
愛染 : …もし物理的な痛みの場合は、動作しませんでした多分これは、日番谷冬を
Aizen: …if physical pain did not work on you, this should do, Hitsugaya-kun.
愛染の番谷冬獅郎、上から話していた
Aizen was talking from above Hitsugaya.
みんなびっくりした
Everyone was startled.
氷の中に愛染蜃気楼雛森のになる
The Aizen mirage inside the ice becomes Hinamori.
日番谷冬 : いいえ
Hitsugaya: No…
雛森 : シロちゃん…
Hinamori: Shiro-kun…
日番谷冬 : これは錯覚ですよね, 雛森?
Hitsugaya: This is illusion, Hinamori, right?
The ice flower broke… Hinamori’s body disappeared with the shattering hails.
日番谷冬のひざまずいたと痛みの悲鳴
Hitsugaya knelt and screamed in pain.
愛染日番谷冬に彼の戦闘能力を補完する彼の完全な催眠術講義
Aizen lectured on how his complete hypnosis complemented his combat skills to Hitsugaya.
砕蜂の愛染に向けて充電
Soi Fon charged towards Aizen.
愛染を簡単に彼女を減らした。彼女の雀蜂の侵入2
Aizen cut her down with ease. Her suzumebachi broke into two.
上記、春水彼の剣を積み上げ
From above, Shunsui stacked his swords one behind the other.
前に一渦巻く風となり、愛染に飛ん
The one in front became a whirly wind and flew down to Aizen.
愛染 : ‘破道93, 七回転岩’
Aizen: “Hado 93, Seven Revolving Boulders”
春水の岩の塊に押しつぶされた
Shunsui was crushed by masses of rock.
だー : !
Ichigo: !
空グーグー鳴る
The sky rumbles.
卯ノ花とだーのは、空では、黒の穴から降りてきた2つの数字を見上げた
Unohana and Ichigo looked up to the two figures that came down from the black hole in the sky.
で終わり。
The end.

...
I.HATE.AIZEN!!!



*hides my oar from MC*
And no, before you ask, you can't burn it :]


...*Takes squad 4's cookies*